Skip to main content

Full text of "Newsletter of the Department of Linguistics, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign"

See other formats 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2012  with  funding  from 

University  of  Illinois  Urbana-Champaign 


http://archive.org/details/newsletterofdepa9798univ 


Department  of  Linguistics 


University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign 


c. 


ftefotfktter 


46l~402_ 


June  1996  —  August  1997 


THEL/BRAf?VOFTHE 

OCT  2  3  1997 

URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 


Department  of  Linguistics 
University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign 


ftefatfletter 


June  1996  —  August  1997 


Editor 
Jerry  L.   Morgan 


Assistant  Editor 
Cathy  Huffman 


With  the  aid  of 
Beth  Creek  and  Tassilo  Homolatsch 


CONTENTS 

Notes  from  the  Department  Head  1 

Department  of  Linguistics  Personnel,  1996-97  2 

Faculty  2 

Emeritus  Faculty  3 

Leaves  of  Absence  3 

Appointments  Outside  the  Department  3 

Cooperating  Faculty  4 

Lecturers  5 

Visiting  Faculty  6 

Teaching  Associates  6 

Teaching  Assistants  6 

Graduate  Assistants  6 

Secretarial  Staff  6 

Honors  and  Recognitions  6 

Incomplete  List  of  Teachers  Ranked  as  Excellent  by  their  Students  6 

Honor  Society  of  Phi  Kappa  Phi  7 

Fellowship  Recipients  7 

Tuition  and  Fee  Waiver  Recipients  7 

Departmental  Awards  7 

Silver  Jubilee  Award  for  Outstanding  Teaching  Assistant  in  Linguistics  7 

Henry  R.  Kahane  Award  for  Outstanding  Teaching  Assistant  in  7 

Non-Western  Languages 

Outstanding  Undergraduate  Student  7 

Departmental  Distinction  7 

Graduate  Students  8 

Undergraduate  Majors  8 

Degrees  Awarded  8 

BA.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics  8 

MA.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics  9 

Ph.D.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics  9 

Ph.D.  Dissertation  Abstracts  9 

Student  Progress  20 

Students  Who  Passed  the  Qualifying  Examination  20 

Students  Admitted  to  the  Ph.D.  Program  20 

Ph.D.  Preliminary  Examinations  Passed  20 

Ph.D.  Dissertations  Defended  20 

Ph.D.  Dissertations  in  Progress  21 

Research  and  Service  23 

New  Publications  23 

Papers  Read  26 

Individual  Recognition  and  Projects  29 

Alumni  News  32 

Public  Events  33 

Linguistics  Seminar  33 

Linguistics  Club  45 

Co-Sponsored  Events  49 

Linguistic  Student  Organization  49 

Departmental  Publications  49 

Linguistics  Weekly  49 

Graduate  Study  50 

Undergraduate  Study  50 

Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  50 

Order  Form  -  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  5 1 


University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign 

Official   Notice 

The  commitment  of  the  University  of  Illinois  to  the  most  fundamental  principles  of  academic 
freedom,  equality  of  opportunity,  and  human  dignity  requires  that  decisions  involving  students  and 
employees  be  based  on  individual  merit  and  be  free  from  invidious  discrimination  in  all  its  forms. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Illinois  not  to  engage  in  discrimination  or  harassment 
against  any  person  because  of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  national  origin,  ancestry,  age,  marital  status, 
disability,  sexual  orientation,  unfavorable  discharge  from  the  military,  or  status  as  a  disabled  veteran 
or  a  veteran  of  the  Vietnam  era  and  to  comply  with  all  federal  and  state  nondiscrimination,  equal 
opportunity  and  affirmative  action  laws,  orders,  and  regulations.  This  University's  nondiscrimination 
policy  applies  to  admissions,  employment,  access  to  and  treatment  in  the  University's  programs  and 
activities.  Complaints  of  invidious  discrimination  prohibited  by  University  policy  are  to  be  resolved 
within  existing  University  procedures. 

For  additional  information  or  assistance  on  the  equal  opportunity,  affirmative  action,  and 
harassment  policies  of  the  University,  please  contact:  For  the  Urbana-Champaign  campus,  Larine  Y. 
Cowan,  Assistant  Chancellor  and  Director,  Office  of  Affirmative  Action,  100  A  Swanlund,  MC-304, 
601  East  John  Street,  Champaign,  EL  61820.  Telephone:    (217)  333-0885. 


Notes  from  the  Department  Head 

This  has  been  a  year  of  momentous  changes  for  our  department.  At  the  beginning  of  the  year, 
Chuck  Kisseberth  elected  to  take  early  retirement  to  accept  an  offer  from  Tel  Aviv.  Yamuna  Kachru, 
an  important  member  of  our  faculty  almost  since  the  department  began,  has  decided  to  retire  at  the  end 
of  the  coming  year.  We  will  miss  Chuck  a  great  deal.  We  are  grateful  that  Yamuna  will  stay  among 
us  as  Professor  Emerita,  writing  and  counseling  students. 

There  are  also  some  additions  to  announce.  We  will  be  joined  in  the  fall  by  three  outstanding 
young  linguists  who  we  successfully  recruited  during  the  year.  Adele  Goldberg's  work  is  in  syntax 
and  semantics  especially  the  role  of  constructions  with  strong  cognitive  implications.  She  did  her 
Ph.D.  at  Berkeley,  and  has  been  teaching  at  the  University  of  California  at  San  Diego  since.  Elabbas 
Benmamoun,  who  did  his  Ph.D.  at  USC,  works  in  syntactic  theory  and  Semitic  languages.  He  will 
also  be  supervising  our  growing  program  in  Arabic.  Elabbas  comes  to  us  from  his  current  position  at 
the  SOAS  in  London.  Daniel  Silverman  is  our  new  phonologist,  with  a  Ph.D.  from  UCLA  doing 
very  interesting  work  that  combines  phonetics  and  phonological  theory. 

Plans  for  the  1999  Linguistic  Institute,  hosted  here,  are  becoming  more  concrete  under  the 
direction  of  Hans  Henrich  Hock  who  will  be  Director  of  the  Institute.  After  almost  a  year  of 
consideration  and  discussion  by  our  faculty,  we  contacted  a  number  of  eminent  linguists  to  invite  them 
to  teach  at  the  Institute.  We  were  gratified  at  the  high  acceptance  rate.  We  will  publicize  the  stellar  list 
of  names  once  official  invitations  have  been  formally  accepted.  We  will  soon  start  a  web  page  for  the 
Institute.  Its  availability  will  be  announced  on  our  department  web  page: 
http://www.cogsci.uiuc.edu/linguistics. 

Finally,  a  couple  of  sad  events;  one  of  our  founders,  Robert  Lees,  passed  away,  leaving  a 
large  void,  and  we  were  saddened  to  learn  of  the  death  of  C.  L.  Baker,  one  of  our  first  Ph.D's.  A 
memorial  for  Bob  Lees  was  held  here  in  the  spring,  he  was  remembered  with  fond  reminiscences  of 
his  vibrant  presence. 

Jerry  Morgan 
Professor  and  Head 


Department  of  Linguistics  Personnel,  1996-1997 

Faculty 

Bokamba,  Eyamba  G. 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  (African  linguistics,  Bantu  syntax,  sociolinguistics: 
multilingualism,  language  variation,  code  switching,  language  planning  and  policy). 

Cheng,   Chin-Chuan 

Director,  Language  Learning  Laboratory,  LAS  Jubilee  Professor  of  Linguistics,  Chinese,  and 
English  as  an  International  Language  (computational  linguistics,  quantifying  dialect  affinity,  and 
Chinese  discourse  analysis). 

Cole,  Jennifer 

Assistant  Professor  of  Linguistics,  Beckman  Institute,  (phonology  and  computational 
linguistics). 

Green,  Georgia  M. 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  Beckman  Institute  (syntactic  theory,  pragmatics,  and  discourse 
understanding). 

Hock,  Hans  Henrich 

Acting  Director,  Program  in  South  Asian  and  Middle  Eastern  Studies,  Professor  of 
Linguistics,  Sanskrit,  the  Classics,  English  as  an  International  Language;  cooperating  faculty  in 
French  and  Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures;  member,  Russian  and  East  European  Studies 
Center,  and  Program  in  South  and  West  Asian  Studies  (general  historical  linguistics,  Indo-European, 
historical  and  synchronic  Sanskrit  studies,  Old  English  syntax,  prosody,  and  syntax). 

Kachru,  Braj  B. 

Director  and  Professor,  The  Center  for  Advanced  Study  and  LAS  Jubilee  Professor  of 
Linguistics,  Education,  English  as  an  International  Language,  and  Comparative  Literature 
(sociolinguistics,  World  Englishes,  multilingualism,  and  language  and  ideology). 

Kachru,  Yamuna 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  (syntax,  semantics  and  pragmatics  of  South  Asian  languages, 
especially  Hindi;  Hindi  literature;  applied  linguistics,  discourse  analysis;  crosscultural  speech  acts; 
contrastive  rhetoric). 

Kim,   Chin-Woo 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  Korean,  Speech  and  Hearing  Sciences,  and  English  as  an 
International  Language  (phonetics,  phonology,  morphology,  Korean  linguistics,  and  stylistics). 

Lasersohn,  Peter 

Assistant  Professor  of  Linguistics  and  Beckman  Institute  (semantics,  pragmatics,  and 
mathematical  linguistics). 

Maclay,  Howard  S. 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  English  as  an  International  Language,  and  Education;  Research 
Professor  in  the  Institute  of  Communications  Research;  affiliate  in  Department  of  Anthropology 
(psycholinguistics  and  applied  linguistics). 


Morgan,  Jerry  L. 

Professor  and  Head  of  Linguistics,  Beckman  Institute  (syntax,  pragmatics,  morphology, 
computational  linguistics,  natural  language  processing,  and  Albanian). 

Pandharipande,  Rajeshwari 

Professor  of  Religious  Studies,  Linguistics,  and  Comparative  Literature  (Hindi  language  and 
literature,  language  of  religion,  syntax  and  semantics  of  Sanskrit,  Hindi,  and  Marathi, 
sociolinguistics,  Asian  mythology,  Hinduism). 

Yoon,  James 

Associate  Professor  of  Linguistics  and  Korean  (syntax,  morphology,  and  Korean  and 
Japanese  linguistics). 

Emeritus  Faculty 

Antonsen,  Elmer  H. 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Linguistics  and  of  Germanic  Languages,  1  August  1996  (historical, 
comparative  and  synchronic  Germanic  linguistics,  runic  inscriptions,  phonology,  morphology,  and 
orthographies). 

Kisseberth,  Charles  W. 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Linguistics  (phonology  and  tonology). 

Zgusta,  Ladislav 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Linguistics,  Classics,  and  Center  for  Advanced  Study  (lexicography, 
and  Indo-European  linguistics). 

Leaves  of  Absence 
Yoon,  James  (AY  96-97) 

Appointments  Outside  the  Department 

Chin-Chuan  Cheng 

Professor  and  Director,  Language  Learning  Laboratory. 

Hans  Henrich  Hock 

Professor  and  Acting  Director,  Program  in  South  Asian  and  Middle  Eastern  Studies. 

Braj  B.  Kachru 

Professor  and  Director,  Center  for  Advanced  Study. 

Howard  Maclay 

Professor  and  Acting  Director,  English  as  an  International  Language. 


Cooperating  Faculty 

(Adjunct  appointments  in  the  Department  of  Linguistics) 

Alfonso,  Peter  J. 

Professor  and  Head,  Speech  and  Hearing  Science  (speech  physiology  and  electromagnetic 
articulography). 

Baron,  Dennis  E. 

Professor,  English  (history  of  English,  language  attitudes,  policy,  and  reform;  language  and 
gender;  literacy). 

Blaylock,  W.     Curtis 

Professor,  Spanish,  Italian,  and  Portuguese  (Romance  linguistics). 

Bouton,   Lawrence 

Associate  Professor,  English  as  an  International  Language  pedagogical  grammar,  American 
culture,  pragmatics). 

Browne,   Gerald 

Professor,  Classics  (Coptic  and  Old  Nubian  studies). 

Cowan,  J.     Ronayne 

Associate  Professor,  English  as  an  International  Language  (psycholinguistics,  reading  in  first 
and  second  languages). 

Dawson,    Clayton 

Professor  Emeritus,  Slavic  Languages  and  Literature  (Slavic  linguistics,  Old  Church  Slavic 
lexicon). 

Dell,  Gary 

Professor,  Psychology  (psycholinguistics). 

Dickerson,   Wayne 

Professor,  English  as  an  International  Language  (phonology,  orthography,  teaching  ESL 
pronunciation). 

Fisher,   Cynthia 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology  (first  language  acquisition). 

Fujii,   Seiko 

Assistant  Professor,  East  Asian  Languages  and  Cultures  (Japanese  linguistics),  (resigned 
Spring  97). 

Garnsey,   Susan 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology  (psycholinguistics). 

Gladney,  Frank  Y. 

Associate     Professor,     Slavic     Languages     and     Literatures     (phonology,     accentuation, 
morphology,  syntax,  and  lexicography  of  Russian,  Czech,  and  Polish). 

Gonzo,    Susan 

Assistant  Professor  and  Associate  Provost,  English  as  an  International  Language  (second 
language  acquisition,  immigrant  languages,  first  language  attrition). 

4 


Hart,  Robert 

Assistant  Professor,  Language  Learning  Laboratory  (computer-based  language  instruction, 
computational  linguistics). 

Hualde,  Jose  Ignacio 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish,  Italian,  and  Portuguese  (phonology,  Romance  linguistics, 
Basque  linguistics). 

Hueting,   Gail 

Associate  Professor,  Library  Administration  (Linguistics  librarian). 

Jenkins,  Frederick 

Associate  Professor,  French  (all  aspects  of  contemporary  French  language). 

Kibbee,  Douglas  A. 

Associate  Professor,  French  (history  of  linguistics). 

Kramarae,  Cheris 

Professor,  Speech  Communication  (sociolinguistics,  discourse,  communication  and  gender, 
language  and  power). 

Kuehn,  David 

Professor,  Speech  and  Hearing  Science  (speech  anatomy  and  physiology). 

Lehman,  F.     K. 

Professor,  Anthropology  (Southeast  Asia,  Tibeto-Burman,  Tai,  cognition,  syntax) 

Mack,  Molly 

Associate  Professor,  English  as  an  International  Language  (bilingualism,  neurolinguistics, 
psycholinguistics,  phonetics,  speech  perception). 

Markee,  Numa  P. 

Associate    Professor,     English    as     an     International     Language     (English     for     special 
purposes/communicative  language  teaching,  language  policy,  language  planning). 

Packard,  Jerome 

Associate  Professor,  East  Asian  and  Pacific  Studies  (Chinese  linguistics,  psycholinguistics, 
neurolinguistics). 

Pitard,  Wayne  T. 

Associate  Professor,  Religious  Studies  (Ugaritic,  Biblical  Hebrew). 

Lecturers 

Donchin,  Rina 

Coordinator,  Hebrew  Program  (Hebrew  language  and  literature,  teaching  methodology). 

Kirchner,  Robert 

Lecturer  (phonology). 


Visiting  Faculty 

Lowenberg,  Peter 

Associate  Professor  (San  Jose  State  University) 


Aljadeff,  Pninit  (Hebrew) 
Bhagwat,  Manisha  (Hindi) 


Teaching  Associates 


Purkhosrow,  Khosrow  (Persian) 
Weinberger-Rotman,  Marganit  (Hebrew) 


Teaching  Assistants 


Alghazo,  Manal  (Arabic) 
Amir,  Keren  (Hebrew) 
Amir,  Ofer  (Hebrew) 
Bangali,  Lamissa  (Bamana) 
Baker,  Wendy  (Ling.  225) 
Barro,  Maimouna  (Wolof) 
Baxter,  David  (Ling.  200) 
Elsaadany,  Kamel  (Arabic) 
Frenck,  Susan  (Ling.  200) 
Hegelheimer,  Belinda  (Bamana) 


Jha,  Girish  (Hindi) 

Kumar,  Avatans  (Hindi) 

Kuo,  Shiun-Zu  (Ling.  306) 

Kutryb,  Carol  (Ling  225) 

Mulumba,  Leon  (Lingala) 

Ndoye,  Ibrahima  (Wolof) 

Shams,  Salwa  (Arabic) 

Sukumane,  Joyce  (Zulu) 

Weinberger-Rotman,  Marganit  (Hebrew) 

Yambi,  Josephine  (Swahili) 


Graduate  Assistants 


Adra,  Ali  (Reading  Room) 
Chen,  Shu-Fen  (Reading  Room) 
Derhemi,  Eda  (J.  Morgan) 
Gurevich,  Naomi  (Web  Site) 
Hartkemeyer,  Dale  (L.  Zgusta) 
Honegger,  Mark  (SLS) 
Iskarous,  Khalil,  (J.  Cole) 


Lee,  Kent  (Linguistics  Seminar) 
Maynard,  Kelly  (Linguistics  Institute) 
Min,  Su  Jung  (Y.  Kachru) 
Miner,  Edward  (African  Languages) 
Rhee,  Seok-Chae  (Phonetics  Lab) 
Suzuki-Kose,  Yuriko  (Reading  Room) 


Secretarial  Staff 

Creek,  Beth:  Administrative  Secretary  Huffman,  Cathy:  Staff  Secretary 

HOMOLATSCH,  TASSILO:  Receptionist 


HONORS  AND  RECOGNITION 

Incomplete  List  of  Teachers  Ranked  as  Excellent  by  their  Students 


Fall  1996  (Voted  during  Spring  1996  semester) 


Baker,  Wendy 
Bhagwat,  Manisha 
Cole,  Jennifer 
Cowan,  J.  Ronayne 
Davidson,  Fred 
Donchin,  Rina 


Hock,  Hans  H. 
Hoffiz,  Ben 
Hualde,  Jose 
Hwang,  Minsun 
Ito,  Natsumi 
Kaufman,  Buria 


Mack,  Molly 
Makino,  Reiko 
Mulumba,  Leon 
Pandey,  Anita 
Pandharipande,  R. 
Pate,  Bryan 


Elsaadany,  Kamel 
Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko 
Hara,  Kazue 


Kim,  Eun  Joo 
Koga,  Hiroki 
Kumar,  Avatans 


Tagliavia,  Tanya 
Yoshimura,  Mayuko 


Spring  1997  (Voted  during  Fall  1996  semester) 


Ahn,  Mee-Jin 
Aljadeff,  Pninit 
Baker,  Wendy 

Chung,  Yu-Sun 
Davidson,  Fred 
Dickerson,  Wayne 
Donchin,  Rina 


Elsaadany,  Kamel 
Kachru,  Braj 
Fujii,  Seiko 

Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko 
Ito,  Natsumi 
Kim,  Eun  Joo 
Makino,  Reiko 


Min,  Su 
Pandey,  Anjali 
Pandharipande,  R. 

Tagliavia,  Tanya 
W-Rotman,  Marganit 
Yoshimura,  Mayuko 


Honor  Society  of  Phi  Kappa  Phi 

Mark  Honegger 


Eda  Derhemi 


Fellowship  Recipients 

Lars  Jonsson  Jee  Ku  Angela  Nollett 


Jin  Tong 


Tuition  and  Fee  Waiver  Recipients 

Yu-Sun  Chung  (SP97)  Kiwako  Ito  (F96)  Megan  Merrill  (AY97) 

DEPARTMENTAL  AWARDS 

Silver  Jubilee  Award  for  Outstanding  Teaching  Assistant  in 
Linguistics    (1996-97) 

Carol  Kutryb  (LING  225). 

Henry  R.    Kahane  Award  for  Outstanding  Teaching  Assistant  in 
Non-Western   Languages   (1996-97) 

Kamel  Elsaadany  (Arabic). 

Outstanding  Undergraduate  Student  for  (1996-97) 

Cassandre  Creswell  and  Kelly  Schrepfer. 


DEPARTMENTAL  DISTINCTION 

Cassandre  Creswell:  Summa  Cum  Laude,  Highest  Distinction,  Bronze  Tablet. 
William  Hodgett:  Distinction. 
Kelly  Schrepfer:  High  Distinction. 


GRADUATE  STUDENTS 


Adra,  Mohamed  Ali 
Ahn,  Mee-Jin 
Alghazo,  Manal  M. 
Baker,  Wendy 
Baxter,  David 
Cha,  Jong-Yul 
Chen,  Shu-Fen 
Chen,  Si-Qing 
Chen,  Tsai-Er 
Chung,  Yu-Sun 
Derhemi,  Eda 
Donnelly,  Simon 
Elsaadany,  Kamel  A. 
Frenck,  Susan  L. 
Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko 
Good,  Robert 
Gurevich,  Naomi 
Hara,  Kazue 
Hartkemeyer,  Dale  C 
Holland,  Amy 
Honegger,  Mark  A. 
Honegger,  Rusdiana 
Hsiao,  Elaine 
Hsu,  Pihsia 
Hwang,  Misun 


Iskarous,  Khalil  R. 
Ito,  Kiwako 
Ito,  Natsumi 
Jha,  Girish 
Jonsson,  Lars 
Jung,  Eunha 
Jung,  Kyu  Tae 
Kim,  Eun-Joo 
Ko,  Kijoo 
Koga,  Hiroki 
Ku,  Jee 

Kumar,  Avatans 
Kuo,  Shiun-Zu 
Kutryb,  Carol 
Lee,  Joo-Kyeong 
Lee,  Kent 
Lin,  Huei-Ling 
Lu,  Wen-Ying 
Makino,  Reiko 
Maynard,  Kelly 
Merrill,  Megan 
Min,  Su  Jung 
Miner,  Edward 
Motohashi,  Reiko 


Nahm,  Woo-Hyoung 
Nollett,  Angela 
Pandey,  Anita 
Pandey,  Anjali 
Pate,  Bryan 
Rhee,  Seok-Chae 
Shams,  Salwa 
Smiljanic,  Rajka 
Song,  Kyung-Ryung 
Suh,  Jiwon 
Suzuki,  Yasuko 
Suzuki-Kose,  Yuriko 
Tagliavia,  Tanya 
Tai,  Kuei-Fen 
Tong,  Jin 
Tseng,  Tai- Yuan 
Tu,  Shang-Fan 
Wilson,  Michael 
Wu,  Mary 
Yambi,  Josephine 
Yoshimura,  Mayuko 
You,  Yu-Ling 
Yunick,  Stanley  G.,  Jr. 
Zoure,  Auguste 


UNDERGRADUATE  MAJORS 


Ahn,  Elise 
Bernd,  Julia 
Chan,  Noel 
Chong,  Sherman 
Cresswell,  Cassandre 
Crum,  Hannah 
Daniels,  Mike 


Heyman,  Tanya 
Hasler,  Sarah 
Fletcher,  Todd 
Kim,  Grace 
McClure,  Madelena 
Mikolajczyk,  Monika 
Moore,  Thomas 


Pyles,  Erich 
Ross,  Amanda 
Schrepfer,  Kelly 
Spenader,  Allison 
Teixeira,  Bianca 
Walther,  Rebecca 


DEGREES  AWARDED 
BA.   Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics 


Chan,  Noel 
Chong,  Sherman 
Creswell,  Cassandre 


Hodgett,  William 
Ross,  Amanda 
Sanders,  David 


Schrepfer,  Kelly 
Van  Ryn,  Matthew 
Vu,  Sonny 


M.A.   Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics 


Alghazo,  Manal 
Baker,  Wendy 
Branstine,  Zoann 
Chung,  Yu  Sun 


Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko 
Hsu,  Pihsia 
Ito,  Kiwako 
Ku,  Jee 


Kumar,  Avatans 
Merrill,  Megan 
Nollett,  Angela 


Ph.D.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics 


Alidou,  Hassana 
Andreasson,  Anne-Marie 
Cho,  Sae-Youn 
Helmriech,  Steven 
Honegger,  Mark 
Kim,  Byong-Kwon 


Kim,  Eun-Joo 
Ko,  Kijoo 
Kose,  Yuriko 
Lai,  Chiu-Yueh 
Lee,  Jae- Young 


Marlow,  Patrick 
McClanahan,  Virginia 
Pandey,  Anita 
Pandey,  Anjali 
Wu,  Mary 


Ph.D.   Dissertation  Abstracts 

Andreasson,  Anne-Marie 

Swedish  Word  Accents 

Charles  W.  Kisseberth,  Advisor 

19  February  1996 

Swedish  words  are  assigned  one  of  two  possible  melodic  contours.  These  have  traditionally 
been  called  accent  1  and  2.  "It  has  been  demonstrated  ...  that  the  distinction  between  Accent  1  and 
Accent  2  is  in  the  timing  of  a  HL  pattern  relative  to  the  stressed  syllable"  (Bailey  1990).  For  tone 
alignment,  Bailey  proposes  a  feature  DP  [delayed  peak],  which  serves  as  phonological  opposition  and 
alignment  specification  (1990)  as  follows: 

[-  delayed  peak]  aligns  with  the  stressed  syllable 
[+  delayed  peak]  aligns  with  the  post  stress  syllable 

Dialects  of  Swedish  are  divided  into  two  main  classes,  the  High  dialects  and  the  Low  dialects.  For  the 
minimal  pair  anden  'the  duck'  and  anden  'the  spirit',  Bailey  gives  the  following  surface 
representation  for  H  dialects: 


H  L 
-DP 

1  / 
anden 

1 

H   L 

+DP 

i    i 

'the  duck' 

i    i 
anden 

'the  spirit' 

There  have  been  two  main  ways  of  accounting  for  accent  assignment.  The  Standard  Solution 
assigned  accent  1  to  monosyllabic  words  and  accent  2  to  disyllabic  ones.  The  Modified  Standard 
Solution  assigned  accent  1  to  monomorphemic  words  and  accent  2  to  plurimorphemic  ones.  Both 
analyses  captured  important  generalizations  about  accent  in  Swedish,  but  involved  complex  rules  and 
numerous  exceptions.  A  situation  where  only  general  trends  are  observed  is  difficult  to  address  with 
rules,  and  seems  suited  to  a  non-procedural  approach  where  constraints  determine  the  output.  It  is 
also  clear  that  the  distinction  between  accents  is  better  expressed  as  a  distinction  in  pitch  domain.  I 
assume  that  "the  domain  is  an  explicit  aspect  of  phonological  structure,  with  the  same  status  as 
structures  for  the  syllable,  foot,  word,  etc."  (Cole  and  Kisseberth  1994).  For  H  dialects,  the  question 
is,  does  the  domain  extend  over  the  stressed  syllable  or  over  the  stressed  and  the  post-stressed 
syllable? 


H  L 

1   / 
[anjden 

1 

H      L 

i          i 

'the  duck' 

i  I 
anden 

'the  spirit' 

An  Optimal  Domains  Theory  account  of  Swedish  word  accents  provides  a  principled  way  of 
relating  the  general  trends  observed,  it  greatly  reduces  the  number  of  exceptions,  and  makes  the 
relationship  between  stress,  morphology  and  pitch  domain  explicit. 

Alidou,   Hassana 

Education  Language  Policy  and  Bilingual  Education:  The  Impact  of  French  Language  Policy  in 

Primary  Education  in  Niger 
Eyamba  G.  Bokamba,  Advisor 
12  April  1994 

The  study  analyses  language  policies  and  their  effects  on  pupils'  academic  achievement  in  two 
types  of  primary  education  programs  in  Niger.  A  Hausa  and  French  bilingual  school,  called  Ecole 
Experimentale,  and  a  French  monolingual  school  called  Ecole  Lazaret  Deux.  The  study  uses  the 
bilingual  proficiency  framework  developed  by  Cummins  (1979)  and  McNab's  (1989)  education 
language  planning  model  to  analyze,  respectively,  the  students'  performance  on  selected  language 
tasks  (dictation,  composition  and  reading  comprehension)  and  content  area  tests  (mathematics,  social 
studies)  tests  administered  in  French  and  the  sociolinguistic  situation  in  Niger  in  general  and  in  the 
schools  in  particular. 

The  research  findings  show  that  language  policy  advocating  the  use  of  mother  tongue  (in  this 
case  Hausa)  in  primary  education  is  not  detrimental  to  pupils'  French  learning  and  their  academic 
performance  in  language.  They  also  indicate  that  in  the  case  of  primary  education  in  Niger,  longer 
exposure  to  instruction  in  French  does  not  trigger  appropriate  proficiency  in  it.  Both  schools'  pupils 
performed  poorly  on  the  achievement  and  proficiency  tests  administered  during  the  experiment.  That 
result  suggests  that  there  are  serious  problems  related  to  the  teaching  and  testing  methods  utilize 
currently  in  the  Nigerian  education  system. 

The  sociolinguistic  analysis  indicates  that  at  the  advent  of  its  political  independence  and  up  to 
now,  Niger  has  mostly  continued  its  colonial  language  policy  both  in  education  and  administration  by 
maintaining  French  as  the  exclusive  media  in  formal  domains  (education  and  administration).  In  non- 
formal  education  (literacy  and  adult  education),  five  national  languages  (Hausa,  Zarma-Sonrai, 
Fulfulde,  Kanuri  and  Tamajeq)  are  used  as  means  of  instruction.  In  formal  education,  these  national 
languages  have  been  used  in  only  40  schools  for  an  experiment  which  has  begun  1973.  The  positive 
report  on  the  experiment  and  the  various  recommendations  from  scholars  and  the  national  education 
conferences  have  not  materialized  in  a  language  policy  which  advocates  the  use  of  national  languages 
in  at  least  the  primary  education  system. 

Using  our  research  findings  and  taking  into  account  Niger'  sociopolitical  profile  and  its 
organizational  context,  we  recommend  a  careful  implementation  of  a  bilingual  education  program 
which  advocates  the  use  of  the  regional  languages  (Hausa,  Zarma-Songhai,  Fulfude,  Kanuri  and 
Tamajeq)  along  with  French  in  primary  education.  The  regional  languages  must  serve  first  as  means 
of  instruction  from  first  up  to  fourth  grade,  while  French  is  taught  as  a  subject;  and  in  fifth  and  sixth 
grade  French  must  become  the  language  of  instruction  and  the  regional  languages  must  be  taught  as 
subjects.  The  promotion  of  French  and  national  languages  throughout  the  primary  education  system  is 
argued  to  be  more  advantageous  pedagogically  than  a  transitional  bilingual  education  program  which 


10 


ends  the  use  of  mother  tongue  in  the  child's  education.  It  is  suggested  that  such  proposal  be 
implemented  progressively  while  the  extensive  teacher  training  and  language  development  activities  are 
undertaken  by  government  and  private  institutions  which  are  in  favor  of  the  use  of  national  languages 
in  education  and  the  finding  of  long-term  solutions  to  the  education  language  problems  in  Niger. 

Cho,   Sae-Youn 

Non-Constituent  Coordination  as  a  Subtype  of  Constituent  Coordination 

Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 
30  July  1996 

This  dissertation  provides  an  account  of  NCC  (Non-Constituent  Coordination)  in  HPSG, 
based  on  the  hypothesis  that  all  coordination  is  coordination  among  the  same  types  of  daughters.  This 
hypothesis  is  implemented  into  HPSG  as  the  more  specific  claim  that  NCC  is  coordination  among  the 
same  types  of  nonhead  daughters. 

The  implementation  of  this  idea  into  the  grammar  was  carried  out  by  postulating  a  new  partial 
sort  hierarchy  whose  supertype  is  non-headed-structure;  a  new  way  of  looking  at  the  structure  of 
NCC,  whose  conjuncts  share  the  same  type  of  constituent  structure,  enabled  us  to  do  so.  In  addition 
to  the  sorts,  this  theory  proposed  a  small  number  of  schemata  licensing  NCC  structures  and  a  domain 
theory  constraining  the  work  order  of  NCC  and  suggested  a  unification-based  semantics  to  provide 
appropriate  interpretations  for  the  constructions.  Based  on  the  theoretical  fundamentals,  this  theory 
illustrates  how  to  account  for  various  types  of  NCC  in  natural  languages  such  as  English  (SVO)  and 
Korean  (SOV).  In  comparing  English  NCC  to  Korean  NCC,  it  was  found  that  the  first  is  often 
ambiguous  while  the  latter  is  not.  By  classifying  Korean  NCC  into  four  types  depending  on  the 
presence  of  overt  case  markers  and  conjunctions,  it  was  also  found  that  the  existence  of  ambiguity  in 
each  type  is  subject  to  a  generalization.  Further,  this  generalization  for  Korean  NCC  is  claimed  to 
extend  to  NCC  in  other  types  of  languages  such  as  Chinese  and  Persian. 

Thus,  this  theory  is  an  empirically  and  theoretically  desirable  account  of  NCC. 

Helmreich,  Steven  C. 

Pragmatic  Referring  Functions  as  Montague  Semantic  Operators 

Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

7  April  1994 

In  this  dissertation,  the  thesis  is  defended  that  lexical  semantics  is  not  a  subdomain  of 
semantics,  but  rather  a  subdomain  of  pragmatics.  That  is,  knowledge  about  the  meaning  of  words  is 
not  part  of  one's  knowledge  of  the  language,  but  rather  part  of  one's  knowledge  of  the  world.  This 
distinction  marks  the  traditional  difference  between  dictionary  and  encyclopedia.  One  consults  a 
dictionary  to  find  out  what  the  word  lemon  means  (on  the  assumption  that  one  knows  what  lemons 
are),  while  one  goes  on  the  encyclopedia  to  find  out  about  lemons  (on  the  assumption  that  you  know 
how  English  speakers  name  them).  The  view  suggested  here  is  that  this  is  a  distinction  that  is  not 
possible  to  maintain  in  a  formal  description  of  a  language.  Such  a  formal  description,  it  is  claimed, 
should  contain  only  minimal  semantic  information  about  any  lexical  item.  Almost  all  semantic 
information  would  be  regarded  as  encyclopedic  world-knowledge. 

Part  of  establishing  this  thesis  is  to  show  that  the  interpretation  of  lexical  items  in  utterances 
can  be  contextually  determined,  given  a  suitably  broad  definition  of  context,  and  is  thus  pragmatic  in 
nature,  understanding  the  domain  of  pragmatics  to  be  language  in  context.  For,  if  lexical  items  have 
no  context-independent  (semantic)  meaning,  it  at  first  seems  unclear  how  communication  occurs,  how 
speaker  intentions  are  communicated.  It  appears  contradictory  for  the  interpretation  of  an  utterance  to 
depend  on  the  interpretation  of  its  parts  (to  accept  some  form  of  the  Principle  of  Compositionality)  and 
for  the  interpretation  of  the  smallest  parts  to  be  determined  pragmatically  from  context  (so  that  these 
lexical  items  gather  their  interpretation  from  the  interpretation  of  the  whole). 

11 


Thus,  much  of  this  dissertation  is  devoted  to  the  task  of  providing  a  truth-conditional  model- 
theoretic  account  of  utterance  meaning  that  allows  for  the  interpretation  of  lexical  items  in  context 
without  recourse  to  any  object  that  might  be  called  its  meaning.  This  account  uses  as  a  basis  a 
Montague-type  semantics  and  incorporates  a  modification  of  the  methods  suggested  by  Geoffrey 
Nunberg  in  his  dissertation,  The  Pragmatics  of  Reference,  (Nunberg  1978). 

Honegger,  Mark  A. 

The  Semantic  Basis  for  Subject/Object  Asymmetries  in  English 

Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 

19  May  97 

In  this  dissertation,  I  defend  the  thesis  that  the  tense  morpheme  in  English  combines 
semantically  with  the  subject  of  the  sentence  rather  than  the  verb  phrase  or  entire  sentence.  Both  tensed 
verbs  and  modals  in  English  include  a  category  called  the  time-modality  element  (TME)  which  is 
represented  as  an  ordered  triplet  <T,W,L>  consisting  of  a  set  of  moments  of  time,  a  set  of  possible 
worlds  and  a  physical  location.  The  TME  is  a  nominal  modifier  that  imposes  a  temporal-modal 
restriction  on  the  referent  of  the  subject  in  the  eventuality.  For  example,  the  past  tense  morpheme 
would  locate  the  subject  in  the  real  world  in  the  moments  of  time  prior  to  the  moment  of  coding.  In  a 
sentence  like  Mary  met  John,  the  event  of  Mary  meeting  John  is  not  located  temporally  but  Mary  is 
located  in  the  past  in  that  event.  The  temporal  location  of  the  event  is  determined  by  the  meaning  of  the 
predicate.  The  meaning  of  meet  requires  that  the  meeter  and  the  meetee  and  the  event  of  meeting  all 
exist  at  the  same  time.  If  I  know  when  the  meeter  exists,  then  the  meeting  and  the  meetee  must  also 
exist  at  some  time  that  overlaps  the  existence  of  the  meeter.  Thus,  the  meeting  between  Mary  and  John 
as  well  as  John  himself  must  also  exist  in  the  past  on  a  truthful  utterance  of  the  above  sentence. 

However,  there  are  sentences  which  show  an  asymmetry  between  the  existence  of  the  subject 
in  the  eventuality  and  other  constituents  in  the  sentence.  For  example,  there  are  truthful  utterances  of 
sentences  like  Aunt  May  resembled  Sally,  where  Aunt  May  is  dead  and  Sally  is  alive.  The  state  of 
resembling  could  be  construed  as  beginning  with  the  existence  of  Aunt  May  and  continuing  into  the 
present,  or  it  could  be  construed  as  beginning  only  in  the  present  when  Sally  has  the  characteristics 
that  are  similar  to  Aunt  May.  However,  the  state  of  resembling  cannot  be  contained  wholly  in  the  past 
and  exclude  the  present.  In  such  a  situation,  neither  Sally  nor  the  resembling  is  located  by  the  tense  but 
only  Aunt  May.  This  dissertation  argues  that  the  simplest  hypothesis  that  captures  these  facts  is  to 
stipulate  that  the  tense  combines  only  with  the  subject  and  not  anything  else  in  the  sentence. 

I  further  argue  that  certain  word  order  facts  fall  out  from  treating  tense  as  a  nominal  modifier 
rather  than  an  operator  on  or  modifier  of  the  verb.  I  use  a  set  of  three  constraints  EdgeMost,  Non- 
Edge  and  Integrity  that  are  rank  ordered  for  any  given  language.  These  three  constraints  all  depend 
on  the  semantic  relation  between  a  head  element  and  its  arguments  and  modifiers.  The  semantic 
relationship  between  the  subject  and  tense  predicts  that  when  tense  and  the  verb  are  realized  separately, 
the  tense  will  occur  with  the  subject  rather  than  the  verb.  English  bears  this  out  in  sentences  like  Eat 
the  cake,  John  did. 

Kim,  Eun  Joo 

The  Sensitive  Period  for  Second-Language  Acquisition:  A  Reaction-Time  Study  of  Maturational 

Effects  on  the  Acquisition  ofL2  Lexico-Semantic  and 

Syntactic  Systems 

Molly  Mack,  Advisor 

18  November  96 

The  present  study  addresses  issues  regarding  the  sensitive-period  hypothesis  (SPH)  for 
second-language  acquisition  in  relation  to  the  acquisition  of  L2  lexico-semantics  and  syntax.  Two 
experiments,  a  lexical-decision  test  with  semantic  priming  and  a  grammatically-judgment  test  which 

12 


involve  both  speed  of  response  (RT)  and  accuracy  of  response  (AR),  were  conducted  to  test  whether 
or  not  there  is  a  sensitive  period  for  second-language  acquisition.  More  specifically,  the  experiments 
were  designed  to  test  the  possibility  of  multiple  sensitive  periods  for  processing  different  components 
of  language. 

A  total  of  80  subjects,  10  native  speakers  of  English  and  70  Korean-English  bilinguals  who 
differed  in  ages  at  onset  of  exposure  to  English  (0-2,  3-5,  6-8,  9-11,  12-14,  and  15+),  participated  in 
both  the  semantic  and  syntactic  experiments.  Group  differences  were  analyzed  with  ANOVAs.  The 
results  of  the  experiments  clearly  indicated  that  there  is  a  sensitive  period  (SP-I)  during  which  L2 
acquisition  must  occur  if  native-like  proficiency  is  to  be  achieved,  and  it  ends  at  around  age  5.  Also,  it 
was  found  that  there  is  a  residual  sensitive  period  (SP-II)  during  which  early  onset  of  L2  acquisition 
has  an  advantage  over  late  onset  of  L2  acquisition. 

In  both  experiments,  age-of-onset  effects  were  more  clearly  observed  in  the  speed  of  response 
than  in  the  accuracy  of  judgments.  Moreover,  the  effects  of  the  sensitive  periods  on  the  acquisition  L2 
lexico-semantics  were  qualitatively  different  from  those  on  L2  syntax.  That  is,  the  effects  of  the 
sensitive  periods  in  syntax  were  more  salient  than  those  in  lexico-semantics. 

Significant  results  were  also  revealed  by  correctional  analyses  which  tested  whether  or  not  age 
of  L2  acquisition  correlates  with  performance  in  the  L2:  Age  of  onset  of  L2  negatively  correlated  with 
the  performance  in  the  L2.  Finally,  it  was  found  that  age  of  onset  of  the  L2  is  a  better  predictor  of 
performance  in  the  L2  than  length  of  stay  in  the  L2  environment. 

Taken  together,  the  findings  from  both  experiments  suggest  that  sensitive  periods  for  L2 
acquisition  are  involved  both  in  lexico-semantics  and  in  syntax,  and  that  the  exact  nature  of  the  effects 
of  the  sensitive  periods  may  be  different,  depending  upon  the  linguistic  component  and  the  task  under 
examination.  These  findings  are  discussed  with  regard  to  their  implications  for  multiple  sensitive 
periods  for  second-language  acquisition. 

Ko,     Kijoo 

Bilingual  Language  Organization:  Lexical  and  Syntactic  Processing 

Molly  Mack,  Advisor 

13  January  97 

One  of  the  most  intriguing  questions  in  bilingual  research  is  the  nature  of  the  coexistence  of 
two  languages  within  one  individual  —  i.e.,  how  two  languages  are  organized  in  one  brain  and  how 
the  information  is  stored  and  retrieved.  Various  theories  have  been  suggested  to  describe  bilinguals' 
mental  storage  and  information  processing  system(s).  Among  them,  two  competing  theoretical 
positions,  the  Shared  Hypothesis  and  the  Separate  Hypothesis,  have  been  the  focus  of  controversy  in 
much  of  the  literature  on  bilinguals.  The  Shared  Hypothesis  states  that  a  bilingual  has  one  shared 
system  which  is  language  independent  whereas  the  Separate  Hypothesis  posits  that  a  bilingual  has  two 
separate  systems  each  of  which  subserves  one  language.  To  date,  numerous  studies  have  revealed 
different  outcomes  supporting  each  position;  it  is  not  easy  to  interpret  these  conflicting  results  and 
conclude  that  either  of  the  above  hypotheses  is  entirely  valid.  As  a  possible  solution,  the  Mixed 
Hypothesis  has  been  proposed  with  its  intermediate  view  arguing  that  bilingual  language  organization 
is  partially  shared  and  partially  separate. 

In  the  present  study,  along  with  an  extensive  literature  review,  it  is  emphasized  that  one  needs 
to  consider  differing  conditions  (e.g.,  subject  selection,  task  effect,  type  of  materials,  and  language- 
specific  factors)  to  understand  previously  obtained  results.  Then,  in  relation  to  the  issue,  two 
reaction-time  (hereafter  RT)  experiments  are  described.  These  were  conducted  to  investigate  bilingual 
lexical  and  syntactic  processing.     In  particular,  the  project  was  designed  to  assess  the  role  of 


13 


similar/dissimilar  language  systems  in  bilingual  information  processing  by  directly  comparing  fluent 
French-English  and  Korean-English  bilinguals  in  comparable  tasks,  with  RT  and  accuracy  as  the 
dependent  variables. 

In  the  first  experiment,  a  lexical-decision  task  with  semantic  priming  was  employed  in 
unilingual  and  bilingual  conditions  to  investigate  the  following  research  questions:  (1)  Is  there  any 
difference  between  French-English  and  Korean-English  bilinguals  in  terms  of  speed  and/or  accuracy 
of  response  in  a  lexical-decision  task  with  semantic  priming?  If  so,  can  this  difference  be  attributed  to 
language-specific  factors,  such  as  orthographic  similarities/differences  in  the  subjects'  two  languages? 

(2)  Is  there  any  difference  in  RT  and/or  accuracy  between  unilingual  and  bilingual  conditions? 
Particularly  in  the  bilingual  conditions,  does  language  predictability  —  i.e.,  subjects'  awareness  of  the 
language  to  be  presented  (predictably  mixed  vs.  randomly  mixed)  —  affect  performance?  (3)  Are 
responses  faster  and  more  accurate  when  the  target  word  is  related  —  e.g.,  repeated  or  associated  —  to 
the  prime  word  regardless  of  language?  And  is  an  interlingual  priming  effect  (if  one  is  found) 
comparable  to  an  intralingual  priming  effect? 

Results  revealed  that  the  two  groups  of  subjects  did  not  exhibit  any  significant  difference  in 
terms  of  RT  or  accuracy  in  processing  lexical  information.  Both  French-English  and  Korean-English 
bilinguals  showed  nearly  identical  patterns  of  processing.  Thus,  at  least  at  the  lexical  level,  it  is  likely 
that  bilinguals  have  a  common  lexical  organization  regardless  of  the  degree  of  similarity  between  then- 
two  languages.  It  was  also  found  that  the  subjects  had  little  difficulty  in  processing  unilingual  vs. 
bilingual  stimuli.  Even  in  the  bilingual  conditions,  they  could  respond  as  rapidly  and  accurately  as  in 
the  unilingual  conditions.  Furthermore,  language  predictability  did  not  have  a  significant  effect  on 
performance  in  the  bilingual  conditions;  with  a  short  stimulus  onset  asynchrony  (SOA)  of  200  msec, 
the  subjects  were  not  able  to  develop  or  use  a  pre-attentive  strategy.  Rather,  more  fundamental 
factors,  such  as  the  bilinguals'  proficiency  level,  seemed  to  play  a  crucial  role  in  language  processing. 
Finally,  the  existence  of  an  interlingual  priming  effect  supported  the  Shared  Hypothesis,  but  only 
partially  so,  as  its  strength  was  not  equal  to  that  of  intralingual  priming. 

To  further  test  the  Shared/Separate  Hypotheses  in  syntactic  processing,  a  second  experiment 
was  conducted  using  a  self-paced  sentence-reading  paradigm.  Here,  the  research  questions  were  as 
follows:  (1)  Is  there  any  difference  between  French-English  and  Korean-English  bilinguals  in  terms 
of  speed  in  a  reading  task?  If  so,  can  this  difference  be  attributed  to  language-specific  factors,  such  as 
orthographic  similarities/differences  in  the  subjects'  two  languages?  (2)  Is  there  any  difference  in  RT 
between  unilingual  and  bilingual  conditions?  That  is,  is  there  any  disadvantage  such  as  an  additional 
switching  time  or  "psychological  cost"  for  decoding  and  encoding  unilingual  vs.    bilingual  stimuli? 

(3)  Is  there  any  difference  in  sentence  reading  speed  depending  on  the  availability  of  context 
(connected  vs.  disconnected  vs.  anomalous)? 

Results  revealed  a  significant  main  effect  for  group,  with  the  Korean-English  bilinguals 
exhibiting  faster  RTs  per  syllable  than  the  French-English  bilinguals  in  reading  bilingual  text.  Given 
the  fact  that  Korean  and  English  use  markedly  distinct  orthographic  systems,  such  as  a  language- 
specific  effect  is  not  surprising,  at  least  in  visual  processing.  Unlike  the  French-English  bilinguals, 
the  Korean-English  bilinguals  might  benefit  from  the  perceptual  salience  of  two  surface  forms  when 
these  languages  co-exist  in  written  sentences.  Both  groups  read  the  code-mixing  sentences  relatively 
slowly,  exhibiting  a  difference  between  the  unilingual  and  bilingual  conditions.  This  may  be  in 
accordance  with  the  Separate  Hypothesis:  Bilinguals  need  a  certain  amount  of  time  to  switch  from  one 
language  system  to  another.  However,  unlike  previous  research  which  has  suggested  the  existence  of 
a  switch  mechanism  (about  400  msec  for  input  and  output  combined),  only  a  short  switching  time  was 
observed  -  50  msec  for  the  Korean-English  bilinguals  and  260  msec  for  the  French-English 
bilinguals.  This  time  was  even  shorter  in  the  two  groups  for  connected  sentences,  with  30  and  210 
msec,  respectively.  A  certain  amount  of  switching  time  may  be  necessary  in  actual  bilingual 
situations,  but  it  is  not  so  great  as  to  interfere  with  the  natural  flow  of  communication.  In  addition,  a 
context  effect  was  found.  That  is,  subjects  responded  faster  to  connected  sentences  in  comparison  to 

14 


disconnected  or  anomalous  sentences.  This  outcome  implies  that,  as  long  as  sufficient  context  is 
provided  as  in  a  natural  bilingual  situation,  mixing  two  languages  may  not  be  problematic  for  fluent 
experienced  bilinguals. 

The  results  of  the  two  experiments  are  interpreted  as  support  for  the  Mixed  Hypothesis  and  the 
conclusion  is  made  that,  instead  of  applying  the  extreme  version  of  the  Shared  or  Separate 
Hypothesis,  the  Mixed  Hypothesis  better  integrates  and  reflects  the  hybrid  nature  of  bilingual 
processing. 

Kose,  Yuriko  S. 

Japanese  Sentence-Final  Particles:  A  Pragmatic  Principle  Approach 

Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

14  April  97 

Japanese  sentence-final  particles  (SFPs)  do  not  contribute  to  the  truth-conditional  meaning  of 
utterances  but  rather  convey  the  speaker's  attitude  toward  what  is  being  said.  This  dissertation 
explains  the  distribution  and  possible  interpretations  of  the  commonly  used  SFPs  yo,  zo,  wa,  and  ne, 
and  one  combined  SFP  yone.  Each  monosyllabic  SFP  is  characterized  independently  in  terms  of  the 
speaker's  belief  and  intention  (including  the  speaker's  belief  about  the  addressee's  belief  and 
intention)..  Combined  SFPs  are  analyzed  as  composed  of  their  apparent  components  (e.g.,  yone 
consists  of  yo  and  ne),  and  their  interpretations  follow  from  the  principles  that  govern  the  uses  of  each 
component.  Each  chapter  shows  that  the  distribution  and  possible  interpretations  of  a  SFP  follow  as 
consequences  of  the  principle  governing  the  particle  and  the  Cooperative  Principle. 

This  study  shows  that  SFPs  are  something  that  the  speaker  uses  to  represent  himself  as  having 
a  certain  attitude  (i.e.,  certain  beliefs  and  intentions),  and  their  uses  contribute  to  the  inference  process: 
The  speaker  uses  a  SFP  to  achieve  his  goal,  and  assumes  that  the  addressee  also  believes  that  the 
speaker  has  a  goal  and  believes  that  whatever  the  speaker  does  (including  the  speaker's  choice  of  a 
SFP)  is  relevant  for  the  speaker's  goal.  Given  an  utterance  with  a  SFP,  the  addressee,  who  assumes 
that  whatever  act  the  speaker  performs  is  relevant  to  the  speaker's  goal,  infers  that  the  speaker  intends 
to  convey  something  by  the  fact  that  the  speaker  uses  a  particular  SFP  in  a  given  situation. 

Lai,  Chiu-Yueh 

On  the  Classification  of  the  Chinese  Script 

Chin-Chuan  Cheng,  Advisor 

4  April  96 

This  dissertation  examines  the  seemingly  intractable  controversies  on  the  classification  of  the 
Chinese  script  from  broader  linguistic  perspectives,  delves  into  the  reasons  for  the  controversies,  and 
provides  a  theoretical  exposition  and  various  pieces  of  empirical  evidence  for  the  argument  that  "he 
Chinese  script  should  be  classified  as  a  morphemic  system  of  writing,  as  opposed  to  a  syllabic  ji  a 
morphosyllabic  system  of  writing. 

Specifically,  it  is  found  that  the  controversies  on  the  classification  of  the  Chinese  script  are 
incurred  by  the  establishment  of  some  basic  assumptions  in  the  field  of  writing  typology,  by 
incommensurability  of  terms  used  in  the  analyses  of  the  Chinese  script  and  in  writing  typological 
studies,  and  last  but  not  least,  by  different  views  toward  the  nature  of  the  Chinese  script. 

Five  chapters  are  included  in  the  dissertation.  Chapter  One  documents  a  peculiar  case  of 
character  simplification  attested  in  the  course  of  the  Language  Reform  in  the  People's  Republic  of 
China  and  presents  a  general  survey  of  the  controversies,  especially  the  very  recent  one,  on  the 
classification  of  the  Chinese  script.  Chapters  Two  and  Three  provide  theoretical  preliminaries 
germane  to  contemporary  writing  typological  practice-the  former  dealing  with  what  writing  is  and  the 
latter  with  how  typological  classifications  of  writing  systems  are  construed.    Our  argument  that  the 

15 


Chinese  script  should  be  considered  an  example  of  a  morphemic  system  of  writing,  in  which  graphs 
typically  strive  to  make  reference  to  distinct  morphemes  of  the  language  the  script  is  derived  from,  is 
supported  by  virtue  of  both  a  theoretical  exposition,  viz.  Chapter  Four,  and  various  empirical 
observations,  especially  those  concerning  the  graphic  level  of  binomes  (hanmianzl),  presented  in 
Chapter  Five. 

Lee,  Jae-Young 

Some  Aspects  of  English  Phonology:  An  Optimality  Theoretic  Approach 

Jennifer  Cole,  Advisor 
23  August  96 

This  thesis  investigates  some  morphophonemic  alternations  in  English  vocalic  and  consonantal 
phonology.  The  alternations  include  three  types  of  phonological  phenomena:  vowel  quality 
discrepancies,  Cluster  Simplification,  and  Voicing  Assimilation.  This  thesis  focuses  on  why  these 
phenomena  occur.  The  goal  of  this  work  is  to  explore  the  motivating  forces  of  these  phenomena  and 
present  a  principled  account  of  the  morphophonemic  alternations.  Unlike  studies  in  the  previous 
classical  generative  approach,  this  work  appeals  to  functional  principles  fully  integrated  into  a  formal 
phonological  analysis.  To  present  explicit  formal  analyses  of  the  three  kinds  of  phenomena,  I  adopt 
the  framework  of  Optimality  Theory  (Prince  and  Smolensky  1993,  McCarthy  and  Prince  1993a,  b). 

Major  issues  in  English  vocalic  phonology  concern  the  tenseness  discrepancy  and  height 
discrepancy  between  underived  words  and  derived  words.  The  tenseness  discrepancy  is  attested  in 
phenomena  like  CiV  Tensing,  Trisyllabic  Laxing,  CC  Laxing,  and  "-ic"  Laxing.  These  phenomena 
are  explained  in  terms  of  prosodic  structure.  The  height  discrepancy,  which  since  SPE  has  been 
covered  by  a  rule  of  English  Vowel  Shift,  is  accounted  for  within  the  "principled"  Optimality  Theory 
approach,  one  which  provides  an  explicit  role  for  functional  principles  in  a  formal  phonological 
analysis. 

Cluster  Simplification  observed  in  nasal-consonant  clusters,  and  voicing  agreement  in 
consonant  clusters  are  also  treated  in  a  more  explanatory  way  within  the  principled  Optimality  Theory 
approach. 

The  implications  of  this  study  of  English  phonology  are  the  apparently  English-specific 
phenomena  turn  out,  not  surprisingly,  to  be  explainable  in  terms  of  universal  well-formedness 
constraint,  and  that  functional  considerations  serve  to  justify  those  constraints. 

Marlow,  Patrick  Edward 

Origin  and  Development  of  the  Indo- Aryan  Quotatives  and  Complementizers 

an  Areal  Approach 

Hans  Henrich  Hock,  Advisor 

9  October  1995 

In  this  thesis  I  use  a  dialectological  approach  to  linguistic  convergence  and  areal  linguistics  to 
investigate  the  degree  to  which  Indo-Aryan  complementizers  and  quotatives  can  be  attributed  to 
outside  influences  (Persian  and  Dravidian,  respectively)  or  internal  developments.  I  determine  that 
Persian  influence  is  responsible  for  the  spread  of  complementizers  and  deictic  quotatives  must  be  seen 
as  internal  to  Indo-Aryan.  The  development  of  verbal  quotatives  is  less  clear.  On  the  basis  of  the 
available  data,  I  conclude  that  a  combination  of  forces  is  necessary  to  account  for  all  of  the  forms 
found  in  Indo-Aryan.  In  brief,  I  argue  that  while  a  Dravidian  source  must  be  acknowledged  for  those 
Indo-Aryan  languages  in  direct  contact  with  Dravidian,  the  distribution  of  forms  in  the  remaining 
Indo-Aryan  languages  with  verbal  quotatives  and  the  speed  necessary  to  account  for  their  development 
is  more  consistent  with  an  internal  analysis. 

16 


McClanahan,  Virginia  Kathryn 

Some  Interactions  of  Grammar  and  Pragmatics  in  Negation  in  Korean 

Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 

4  December  1991 

There  are  two  negation  markers  in  Korean:  ani  (usually  shortened  to  an)  and  mos.  The  basic 
distinction  between  the  two  markers  is  a  semantic  one.  While  mos  indicates  inability,  an  simply 
denotes  the  negative.  The  two  negation  markers  occur  in  Short  and  Long  negative  constructions. 

In  this  thesis  I  show  that  choice  of  short  form  or  long  form  negation  in  Korean  is  largely 
determined  by  a  single  pragmatic  factor,  i.e.,  speaker  belief  about  and  commitment  to  volitional 
control  on  the  part  of  the  referent  of  the  subject.  The  alternative  would  be  that  Short  NEG  and  Long 
NEG  can  be  differentiated  on  the  basis  of  the  scope  of  negation. 

I  present  arguments  that  various  distributional  constraints  follow  from  the  fact  that  the  choice 
of  Short  or  Long  NEG  is  determined  by  pragmatic  factors.  The  same  distributional  constraints  must 
be  stated  as  arbitrary  independent  constraints  if  the  scope  hypothesis  is  adopted.  First,  the  facts  that 
adjective  verbs  are  not  negated  with  Short  NEG  mos  but  are  negated  with  Long  NEG  mos,  and  that 
adjective  verbs  are  not  negated  with  Short  NEG  an  as  often  as  with  Long  NEG  an  follow  from  the 
hypothesis  that  Short  NEG  is  used  by  a  speaker  to  imply  a  volitional  act  on  the  part  of  the  referent  of 
the  subject.  The  scope  hypothesis  makes  no  prediction  about  adjective  verbs.  Second,  the  fact  that 
Short  NEG  is  used  by  speakers  for  emphasis  and  strong  refusal  follows  from  the  volition  hypothesis. 
The  scope  hypothesis  makes  no  prediction  in  this  matter.  A  theoretical  basis  is  also  proposed  for  the 
volition  hypothesis. 

It  is  shown  that  in  order  to  adequately  describe  the  facts  of  negation  in  Korean,  the  pragmatics 
must  be  considered  along  with  the  grammar. 

Pandey,  Anita 

A  Linguistic  Analysis  of  Adult  Discourse 

Yamuna  Kachru,  Advisor 

24  June  1997 

The  present  study  was  motivated  by  a  number  of  observations.  First,  although  several  studies 
have  been  carried  out  to  investigate  the  use  of  Communication  Strategies  (CSs,  hereafter)  in  the  speech 
of  different  language  learners,  these  studies  have  concentrated  almost  entirely  on  learners  of  English  as 
a  second  language  (ESL)  or  as  a  foreign  language  (EFL),  ignoring  the  use  made  of  CSs  by  aphasics, 
particularly  expressive  aphasics  who,  arguably,  are  also  language  learners,  even  if  the  kind  of 
language  learning  they  are  primarily  engaged  in  is  viewed  as  one  of  the  language  re-learning  and/or 
language  retrieval.  A  definition  of  compensatory  strategies  is  in  order. 

The  term  "compensatory  strategies"  (also  CSs)  refers  to  those  devices—verbal  and/or  non- 
verbal—employed (un)consciously  by  the  language  learner  and,  in  this  case,  by  the  expressive  aphasic, 
to  aid  in  communication  or,  to  compensate  for  his/her  linguistic  disability  by  expanding  the  linguistic 
means  at  his/her  disposal,  in  order  to  ensure  some  degree  of  communicability  with  others.  This  term 
will  be  used  instead  of  "speech  strategies"  because  it  is  modality-neutral  and  because  it  engenders 
communicative  achievement. 


17 


Pandey,  Anjali 

Articulating  Prejudice:  A  Linguistic  Perspective  on  Animated  Movies 

Braj  B.  Kachru,  Advisor 

8  July  1997 

Various  English  dialects  receive  differential  treatment  in  media  directed  at  children.  The 
motivation  for  the  present  study  occurred  after  encountering  explanations  for  negative  attitudes 
displayed  by  children  towards  nonstandard  dialects,  which  failed  to  locate  the  source(s)  of  such 
attitudes.  In  this  study,  it  is  argued  that  the  movie  industry  (in  particular,  the  animated  film  industry), 
plays  a  crucial  role  in  such  socialization. 

The  goal  of  this  study  is  to  examine  the  linguistic  mechanisms  through  which  the  discourse  of 
the  animated  movie  emits  and  sustains  relations  of  power  and  ideology.  The  framework  of  analysis  is 
derived  from  current  theories  of  critical  linguistics  which  seek  to  describe  and  explain  the  linguistic 
devices  utilized  to  reflect  and  sustain  asymmetrical  power  relations  in  a  given  society.  The  data  corpus 
consists  of  excerpts  from  animated  movies  produced  over  the  last  50  years. 

Linguistic  analyses  of  the  data  demonstrate  a  consistent  attempt  to  present  speakers  of 
nonstandard  varieties  of  English  as  powerless  proletarians  of  low  cultural  and  socioeconomic  status. 
The  asymmetry  in  attitudes  towards  dialects  in  this  medium  is  achieved  via  linguistic  devices,  and  the 
various  chapters  of  the  dissertation  examine  the  lexical,  syntactic,  and  textural  means  through  which 
this  is  achieved. 

A  major  generalization  is  that  in  these  movies,  the  naive  child  audience  is  presented  with  a 
social  reality  in  which  dialectal  variations  are  systematically  synthesized  with  variations  in  power  and 
moral  worth.  The  consequence  is  a  differential  portrayal  of  dialects  in  children's  movies  which 
demonstrate  the  workings  of  an  ideology  not  immediately  evident  from  the  propositional  content, 

where  the  portrayal  of  the  dialects  seems  to  be  overtly  neutral,  but  whose  lexical  choices,  speech  act 
transgressions,  and  non-reciprocal  textural  devices  such  as  rudeness,  to  give  a  few  examples,  provide 
clear  evidence  of  differential  treatment.  The  results  demonstrate  how,  via  the  control  of  the  type  and 
nature  of  various  linguistic  devices,  the  dominant  ideology's  prejudice  towards  such  dialects  of 
English  is  sustained. 

It  is  argued  that  a  linguistic  analysis  of  such  data  is  necessary  for  the  linguist  interested  not 
only  in  the  application(s)  of  language,  but  more  importantly,  in  the  ideologies  of  language  which 
reflect  and  sustain  inequalities  between  groups.  This  project  seeks  not  only  to  outline  an  in-depth 
theoretical  apparatus  for  analyzing  the  language  of  inequality  and  prejudice,  but  in  addition,  strives  to 
provide  an  intensive  discursive  analysis  of  the  linguistic  manifestation  of  such  inequalities. 

Tsiang-Starcevic,   Sarah 

The  Discourse  Functions  of  Subordinate  Constructions  in  Classical  Sanskrit  Narrative  Texts 

Hans  Henrich  Hock,  Advisor 
23  August  1991 

There  are  three  main  grammatical  means  of  indicating  subordination  in  Classical  Sanskrit:  (i) 
non-finite  verbal  constructions,  (ii)  relative-clause/main  clause  constructions,  and  (iii)  sentence 
adverbial  constructions,  as  illustrated  below. 

(i)    tarn     sundarirh        kumarim        drstva  sa     kamasaktah    bhOtah  / 

her-A  lovely-A        maiden-A       see-abs    he-N    enamored-N       be-tp-FV 
'Having  seen  the  lovely  maiden,  he  became  enamored.' 


18 


(ii)  yada        sa     tarn     sundarim        kumarlm        drstavan      tada         kamasaktah    bhutah  / 

when-rel     he-N    her-A  lovely-A        maiden-A       see-tvp-FV     then-adv     enamored-N       be-tp-FV 
'When  he  saw  the  lovely  maiden,  then  he  became  enamored.' 

(iii)  sa     tarn      sundarim        kumarlm        drstavan  /  tena        sa     kamasaktah    bhutah  / 

he-N    her-A  lovely-A        maiden-A       see-tvp-FV     theref-adv    he-N    enamored-N       be-tp-FV 
'He  saw  the  lovely  maiden.  Therefore,  he  became  enamored.' 

While  all  three  methods  are  able  to  express  pragmatically  subordinate  relationships  such  as 
temporal  and  contingent  relationships,  and  can  be  used  in  similar  contexts  as  in  the  examples  above, 
an  examination  of  their  usage  across  a  range  of  contexts  reveals  that  certain  types  of  construction  are 
favored  in  particular  discourse  contexts,  and  not  used  or  used  less  frequently  in  others. 

The  present  investigation  explores  the  correlation  between  type  of  subordination  and  type  of 
discourse  context  based  on  a  corpus  of  Classical  Sanskrit  narrative  texts.  In  particular,  the 
morphosyntactic  properties  and  pragmatic  interpretation  of  each  type  of  construction  are  analyzed  with 
respect  to  their  utility  for  fulfilling  particular  discourse  functions.  These  functions  include  presenting 
story  situations  and  their  interrelationships  in  a  particular  way,  as  well  as  rhetorical  and  stylistic 
functions  such  as  building  the  rhetorical  structure  of  the  texts,  and  promoting  textual  cohesion  and  a 
smooth  narrative  flow. 

Thus,  identifying  the  discourse  functions  of  the  subordinate  constructions  is  useful  for 
understanding  the  contribution  of  individual  grammatical  constructions  to  textual  presentation,  as  well 
as  for  understanding  the  contribution  of  a  discourse  perspective  to  syntactic  description. 

Wu,  Mary  Ann 

Interpreting  Complex  Noun  Phrases  in  Mandarin  Chinese 

Peter  Lasersohn,  Advisor 

22  April  97 

This  work  concentrates  on  the  connection  between  the  linguistic  form  and  indefinite  and 
definite  readings  of  Mandarin  Chinese  (MC)  complex  noun  phrases  (i.e.,  NPs  with  prenominal 
modifier  phrases  marked  by  the  particle  de  (MOD-de),  and/or  demonstratives  (DEM),  numerals 
(NUM),  and  the  quantifier  mei  'every/each'). 

I  assume  the  standard  view  that  define  NPs  require  uniqueness  in  contextually  selected  sets 
and  that  focus  associates  an  expression  with  a  set  of  alternatives  which  are  derived  according  to  focus 
interpretation  rules  and  are  subject  to  contextual  constraints. 

It  has  been  observed  that  word  order  and  into  national  prominence  in  MC  NPs  tend  to  correlate 
with  definite  and  indefinite  readings  of  the  NPs.  Based  on  recurring  interpretive  patterns  in  MC,  I 
show  that  in  MC,  definite  readings  are  expressed  by  lexical  and  constructional  meaning,  the 
interpretation  of  focus,  and  contextually  furnished  constraints  jointly  in  a  systematic  way.  More 
specifically,  ordering  MOD-de  before  DEM/NUM  (i.e.,  adjoining  MOD-de  to  NP)  indicates  focus  on 
MOD-de  and  a  presupposition  that  the  focus-induced  alternative  set  associated  to  the  resulting  NP 
encodes  cardinality  information  regarding  the  set  of  contextually  relevant  entities  satisfying  the 
descriptive  content  of  the  NP.  The  extensional  content  of  an  expression,  which  I  treat  as  the  'purely 
truth-conditional'  aspect  of  meaning  interpretation,  may  be  computed  compositionally  in  regular 
model-theoretic  terms  and  could  be  the  same  for  definite  and  indefinite  NPs,  for  demonstrative  NPs 
with  regular  or  more  stringent  requirements  on  the  set  in  which  uniqueness  must  hold,  and  for 
quantificational  NPs  with  optional  vs.  obligatory  de  re  readings.  The  interpretive  differences  observed 
of  such  NPs  follow  from  presuppositions  (introduced  by  DEM  and  by  adjoining  MOD-de  to  NP) 


19 


coupled  with  focus-induced  alternatives  associated  to  the  NPs.  Crucially,  the  presuppositions  together 
with  the  alternatives  associated  to  the  NP  systematically  restrict  the  contexts  (i.e.,  Models)  in  which 
the  NP  may  be  used  felicitously,  and  the  observed  interpretive  differences  fall  out. 

STUDENT  PROGRESS 

Students  Who  Passed  the  Qualifying  Examination 

Alghazo,  Manal  Hsu,  Pihsia  Kuo,  Shiun-Zu 

Baker,  Wendy  Ito,  Kiwako  Merrill,  Megan 

Chung,  Yu-Sun  Ku,  Jee  Nollett,  Angela 

Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko  Kumar,  Avatans 

Students  Admitted  to  the  Ph.D.  Program 

(With  title  of  obligatory  research  paper) 

Adra,  AH 

Epenthesis  and  Syncope  in  Syrian  Arabic 

Elsaadany,  Kamel 

Language,  Gender  and  Religion:  A  Study  of  the  Style  and  Discourse 
in  the  Novels  ofNaguib  Mahfouz 

Jung,  Kyu  Tae 

Englishization  as  a  Discourse  Strategy  in  Korean  Advertising 

Lee,   Joo-Kyeong 

Phonetic  Explanation  of  C/V  Place  Assimilation  in  OT 

Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko 

Functions  and  Usage  of  the  Predicate  Pattern  NO  DA  in  Japanese  Discourse 

Ph.D.  Preliminary  Examinations  Passed 

Baxter,  David,  (23  April  1997)  Makino,  Reiko  (18  December  1996) 

Chen,  Shu  Fen  ( 1 8  December  1 996)  Min,  Su  (3  April  1 997) 

Frenck,  Susan  (9  May  1997)  Rhee,  Seok-Chae  (7  March  1997) 

Good,  Robert  (8  April  1997)  Suzuki,  Yasuko  (20  December  1996) 

Jung,  Kyu  Tae  ( 12  May  1997)  You,  Yu-Ling  (9  December  1996) 

Lin,  Huei-Ling  (21  March  1997)  Yunick,  Stanley  (26  November  1996) 

Ph.D.  Dissertations  Defended 

Cho,  Sae-Youn  (30  July  1996)  Lee,  Jae- Young  (23  August  1996) 

Honegger,  Mark  (19  May  1997)  Pandey,  Anita  (24  June  1997) 

Kim,  Byong-Kwon  (3 1  July  1996)  Pandey,  Anjali  (8  July  1997) 

Kim,  Eun  Joo  (18  November  1996)  Suzuki-Kose,  Yuriko  (14  April  1997) 

Ko,  Kijoo  (13  January  1997)  Wu,  Mary  (22  April  1997) 
Kutryb,  Carol  (7  August  1997) 

20 


Ph.D.   Dissertations  in  Progress 

Alho,  Irja  Helena 

Partitive  Case,  Quantification,  and  Aspect  in  Finnish 
Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

Baxter,  David 

English  Goal  Infinitives 
Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

Chang,  Feng-Ling  (Margaret) 
Implementations  of  a  Concept/Semantics  Based  Lexical  Database  in  CALL  Lessons 

Chin-Chuan  Cheng,  Advisor 

Chen,  Shu  Fen 

Some  Issues  in  the  Translation  of  Sanskrit  Buddhist  Scriptures  in  Middle  Chinese 

Hans  Henrich  Hock,  Advisor 

Cho,  Jae  Ohk 

Feature  Interpretations  and  Morphology-Syntax  Interface 
Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 

Cho,    Sookhee 

Phonetic  Representation  in  Generative  Grammar 
Chin-Woo  Kim,  Advisor 

Frenck,  Susan 

Gender  in  Natural  Conversation  and  Literary  Discourse:  A  Sociolinguistic  Study 

Braj  B.  Kachru,  Advisor 

Good,  Robert 

Components  of  Production  in  the  Writing  of  Chinese  Characters  by  Students  of  Chinese  as  a  Foreign 

Language 
Jerome  Packard,  Advisor 

Hartkemeyer,  Dale 

*V:  An  Optimality-Theoretic  Examination  of  Vowel  Deletion 
Charles  W.  Kisseberth,  Advisor 

Jung,  Kyu  Tae 

Contact  and  Convergence  of  English  in  Korean 
Braj  B.  Kachru,  Advisor 

Kapper,  James 

Michif:  An  Unusual  Case  of  Language  Mixture 
Hans  Henrich  Hock,  Advisor 

Kovach,  Edward 

Morphological  Parsing  Using  Register  Vector  Grammars 
Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 


21 


Kutryb,  Carol 

Differences  Between  Full  and  Reduced  Relative  Clauses 
Susan  Garnsey,  Advisor 

Lai,  Chiu-Yueh 

The  Nature  of  Chinese  Writing  and  Entry  Dialect  in  Chinese  Dictionaries 

Ladislav  Zgusta,  Advisor 

Leary,  Steven 

On  Thematic  Relations  and  Subcategorization 
Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 

Lin,  Huei  Lin 

The  Syntax-Morphology  Interface  in  the  Case  of  Verbal  Compounding  in  Mandarin  Chinese 

James  Yoon,  Advisor 

Lu,  Wen-Ying 

Sentence-Final  Particles  in  Modern  Mandarin  Chinese  as  Attitude  Markers 
Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

Min,  Su  Jung 

News  as  Ideology:  Linguistic  Analysis  of  US  News  Coverage  of  South  Korea 

Yamuna  Kachru,  Advisor 

Mishra,  Mithilesh  K. 

Aspects  ofMaithili  Phonology 
Charles  W.  Kisseberth,  Advisor 

Makino,  Reiko 

Japanese  So- Called  Formal  Nouns  Koto  and  Maro 
Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

Obenaus,  Gerhard 

The  Disambiguating  Properties  of  Collocations 
Chin-Chuan  Cheng,  Advisor 

Rau,  Nalini 

Verb  Agreement  in  Kannada 
Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

Rhee,   Seok-Chae 

The  Phonetics  and  Phonology  of  Stop  Release  and  Nonrelease 
Chin-Woo  Kim,  Advisor 

Smets,  Martine 

Developing  a  GB  Analysis  of  Romance  Languages  with  Pappi 
Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 

Suzuki,   Yasuko 

The  Prosody  and  Syntax  of  Light  Elements  in  West-Germanic  Alliterative  Verse: 

Synchronic  and  Diachronic  Perspectives  on  Kuhn  's  Laws 

Hans  Henrich  Hock,  Advisor 


22 


You,  Yu-Ling 

Defining  Topic  Continuity  for  Interpreting  Chinese  Zero-Anaphora 
Chin-Chuan  Cheng,  Advisor 

Yunick,  Stanley 

Complex  Genres  and  Language  Learning:  A  Longitudinal  Study 
Braj  B.  Kachru,  Advisor 

RESEARCH  AND  SERVICE 
New  Publications 

Antonsen,  Elmer 

♦  Editor,  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  23.2  (Fall  1993):  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 
[publ.,  October  1996]  4  Editor,  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  25.1  (Spring  1995):  Papers  in 
General  Linguistics  [publ.  February  1997]  4  'Runes  and  Romans  on  the  Rhine,'  Proceedings  of  the 
International  Symposium  on  Frisian  Runes  and  Neighboring  Traditions,  Leeuwarden,  Netherlands, 
26-29  January  1994,  Amsterdamer  Beitrage  zur  dlteren  Germanistik  45.5-13  (1996)  ♦  'Uphill  with 
Dasypodius:  On  the  Lexicographic  Treatment  of  Weak  Nouns  in  German',  Historical,  Indo- 
European,  and  Lexicographical  Studies:  A  Festschrift  for  Ladislav  Zgusta  on  the  Occasion  of  his  70th 
Birthday,  233-51,  (ed.)  by  Hans  Henrich  Hock,  Berlin  &  New  York:  Mouton  de  Gruyter,  1997  ♦ 
'On  Phonological  Reconstruction:  "Weil  die  Schrift  immer  strebt...'",  Studies  in  the  Linguistic 
Sciences  25:1.1-15  (Spring  1995  [publ.  February  1997])  ♦  'On  Runological  and  Linguistic  Evidence 
for  Dating  Runic  Inscriptions',  Proceedings  of  the  Fourth  International  Symposium  on  Runes  and 
Runic  Inscriptions,  Gottingen,  August  1995  [in  press]. 

Cheng,  Chen-Chuan 

♦  Hyundai  pukkyung  Sangsung  Umunlon  (Modern  Beijing  Generative  Phonology,  Korean 
Translation  of  A  Synchronic  Phonology  of  Mandarin  Chinese  by  Ik-sang  Eom).  102  pp.  Seoul: 
Hokkobang,  1996  4  Review  of  China  Today:  Language  Reform.  International  Review  of  Chinese 
Linguistics  1  4-  CCPY32,  a  32-bit  pinyin  input  for  Chinese  Windows,  licensed  by  Global  Information 
Systems  Technology  Inc,  1997  4  English  Word  Usage:  A  Software  Package.  Republic  of  China 
Multimedia  English  Learning  and  Instruction  Association,  1997. 

Cole,  Jennifer 

4-  (to  appear)  "Integrating  the  Phonetics  and  Phonology  of  Tone  Alignment,"  Papers  in 
Laboratory  Phonology,  V.  Cambridge  University  Press  4  (to  appear)  "Deconstructing  Metaphony," 
in  Jose'  Hualde,  ed.,  Rivista  di  Linguistica  4  with  C.  Kisseberth.  (1997).  ~ Restricting  Multi-Level 
Constraint  Evaluation:  Opaque  Rule  Interaction  in  Yawelmani  Vowel  Harmony,"  in  K.  Suzuki  and 
D.  Elzinga  (eds.)  Proceedings  of  the  Arizona  Phonology  Conference,  pp.   18-38. 

Green,  Georgia  M. 
Publication  Contracts:  4  (with  R.  D.  Levine)  Readings  in  Head-Driven  Phrase  Structure 
Grammar.  Cambridge  University  Press  4  The  Rise  and  Fall  of  Generative  Semantics,  [article  in  an 
annotated  collection  of  papers  by  Robin  Lakoff],  (ed.)  by  Laurel  Sutton.  Oxford  University  Press  4- 
HPSG.  MTT  Encyclopedia  of  the  Cognitive  Sciences.  MTT  Press  4  In  preparation:  (with  J.  L. 
Morgan)  A  note  on  using  larger  lexicons  to  expand  application  domains.  (To  be  submitted  to 
Computational  Linguistics). 


23 


Hock,  Hans  Henrich 

♦  Language  History,  Language  Change,  and  Language  Relationship:  An  Introduction  to 
Historical  and  Comparative  Linguistics.  Berlin:  Mouton  de  Gruyter,  1996.  (Trends  in  Linguistics, 
93.  Also  as  paperback.)  (pp.  xv,  602)  [With  Brian  D.  Joseph.]  ♦  Historical,  Indo-European,  and 
Lexicographical  Studies:  A  Festschrift  for  Ladislav  Zgusta  on  the  Occasion  of  his  70th  Birthday. 
Berlin:  Mouton  de  Gruyter,  1997,  (pp.  vi,  393)  [edited  volume  ♦  Who's  On  First:  Toward  a 
Prosodic  Account  of  P2  clitics,  Approaching  Second:  Second  Position  Clitics  and  Related 
Phenomena,  ed.  by  A.  Halpern  and  A.  Zwicky,  199-270.,  Stanford:  CSLI  Publications,  1996  ♦ 
Pre-Rgvedic  Convergence  Between  Indo-Aryan  (Sanskrit)  and  Dravidian?  A  Survey  of  the  Issues  and 
Controversies,  Ideology  and  Status  of  Sanskrit:  Contributions  to  the  History  of  the  Sanskrit 
Language,  ed.  by  J.  E.  M.  Houben,  17-58,  Leiden:  Brill,  1996  ♦  Subversion  or  Convergence? 
The  Issue  of  Pre-Vedic  Retroflexion  Reconsidered,  SLS  23:  2.  73-115,  1996  ♦  Nexus  and 
'Extraclausality'  in  Vedic,  or  'sa-fige'  All  Over  Again:  A  Historical  (Re)Examination,  Historical, 
Indo-European,  and  Lexicographical  Studies  ...  [see  above],  49-78,  1997  ♦  Indology  Beyond 
Sanskrit  -  But  Also  Including  Sanskrit.  Proceedings  of  the  International  Seminar  on  Indology-Past, 
Present,  Future  (Pune,  January  1997),  In  Press  ♦  Review  of  Substrata  Versus  Universals  in  Creole 
Genesis:  Papers  from  the  Amsterdam  Creole  Workshop,  April  1985,  ed.  by  Pieter  Muysken  and 
Norval  Smith,  World  Englishes,  In  Press. 

Ito,  Natsumi 

(The  following  articles  were  published  in  Japan)  ♦  Kotoba  Wa  Minna  Ikiteiru:  Nihongo  no 
Kyooshitsu  Yori,  (1997).  Shineigo  Kyooiku  -  The  New  English  Classroom,  January,  329:  30-32. 
Tokyo:  Sanyusha  Shuppan  ♦  Kotoba  Wa  Minna  Ikiteiru:  Hyookahyoo  to  Zigyoosankan  no  Susume, 
(1997).  Shineigo  Kyooiku  -  The  New  English  Classroom,  February,  330:  30-32.  Tokyo:  Sanyusha 
Shuppan  ♦  Kotoba  Wa  Minna  Ikiteiru:  Sekai  no  Eigo,  (1997).  Shineigo  Kyooiku  -  The  New  English 
Classroom,  March,  331:  30-32.  Tokyo:  Sanyusha  Shuppan. 

Kachru,  Braj  B. 

♦  The  Paradigms  of  Marginality,  World  Englishes,  15(3),  (1996),  pp.  241-255  ♦  World 
Englishes  and  English-using  Communities,  Annual  Review  of  Applied  Linguistics  Cambridge, 
England:  Cambridge  University  Press.  (1997),  pp.  66-87  ♦  Past-Imperfect:  The  Otherside  of 
English  in  Asia.  In  World  Englishes  2000,  edited  by  Michael  Forman  and  Larry  E.  Smith. 
Honolulu:  University  of  Hawaii  Press,  (in  press),  also  in  English  is  an  Asian  Language:  The  Thai 
Context,  edited  by  Mark  Newbrook.  Sydney,  Australia:  Macquarie  Library  Pty  Ltd.  (in  press)  ♦ 
World  Englishes  2000:  Resources  for  Research  and  Teaching.  In  World  Englishes  2000,  edited  by 
Michael  Forman  and  Larry  E.  Smith.  Honolulu:  University  of  Hawaii  Press;  ♦  English  as  an  Asian 
Language.  In  English  is  an  Asian  Language:  The  Philippine  Context,  edited  by  M.  L.  S.  Bautista. 
Sydney,  Australia:  Macquarie  Library  Pty  Ltd.  (in  press). 

Kachru,  Yamuna 

♦  Culture,  Variation  and  Languages  of  Wider  Communication  in  Linguistics,  Language 
Acquisition,  and  Language  Variation:  Current  Trends  and  Future  Prospects,  Georgetown  University 
Round  Table  on  Languages  and  Linguistics  1996.  178-195  ♦  Culture  and  Argumentative  Writing  in 
World  Englishes.  In  Michael  Forman  and  Larry  E.  Smith  (ed.)  World  Englishes  2000,  University  of 
Hawaii  Press.  (In  Press)  ♦  Cultural  Meaning  and  Contrastive  Rhetoric  in  English  Education.  In 
Vijay  Bhatia  (ed.)  Symposium  on  Discourse  and  Genre.  In  World  Englishes,  1997  (in  press)  ♦ 
Culture,  Variation  and  English  Language  Education.  In  Steve  Cornwell,  et.al.  (eds.)  JALT  96 
Conference  Proceedings,  (in  press)  ♦  Culture  and  Communication  in  India.  In  Nirmal  Mattoo  and 
S.N.  Sridhar  (eds.)  Ananya  (in  press). 


24 


Kim,   Chin-Woo 

4-  "The  Umlaut  Rule  in  Korean  Revisited",  in  Essays  in  Honor  of  Prof.  Ki-Moon  Lee,  pp. 
138-155,  Seoul,  Korea:  Shin'gu  Publishing  Co.,  1996a  ♦  "Globalization  of  Korean:  Transplant  or 
Implant?",  in  Eui-Hang  Shin  ed.:  Korea  in  the  World:  Past,  Present  and  Future,  Columbia  SC: 
University  of  South  Carolina,  1996b  ♦  "Theory  and  Data  in  Linguistics",  in  Festschrift  for  Professor 
Hang-Geun  Cho,  Chongju,  Korea:  Chungbuk  National  University  Press,  1996c  4  Discussion  on 
J.J.  Ree:  "The  Korean  Language  Education:  Problems  and  Methods,"  in  Committee  for  SAT-II 
Korean  Committee  ed.:  Teaching  Korean  in  the  U.S.,  Los  Angeles,  CA:  Academia  Korean,  1997a  4 
"Notes  on  Teaching  Korean  Phonology,"  in  Committee  for  SAT-II  Koreana  ed.:  Teaching  Korean  in 
the  U.S.,  Los  Angeles,  CA:  Academia  Koreana,  1997b  4  "The  Structure  of  Phonological  Units  in 
Han'gul,"  in  Y-K.  Kim-Renaud  ed.:  The  Korean  Alphabet:  Its  History  and  Structure,  pp.  145-160, 
Honolulu,  HI:  University  of  Hawaii  Press,  1997c  ♦  "Autosegmental  Phonology  in  Optimality 
Theory,"  in  An  Introduction  to  Optimality  Theory,  Seoul,  Korea:  Linguistic  Society  of  Korea  ♦ 
"Phonology  for  the  Hearer,"  in  Hwang  Gye-Jung  ed.:  Aesthetics  of  Language,  pp.  341-372,  Seoul, 
Korea:  Kukhak-Caryowon,  1997. 

Lasersohn,  Peter 

♦  'Events  in  the  Semantics  of  Collectivizing  Adverbials',  to  appear  in  Events  and  Grammar, 
S.  Rothstein,  ed.,  Kluwer  Academic  Publishers,  Dordrecht  ♦  'Bare  Plurals  and  Donkey  Anaphora', 
Natural  Language  Semantics  5.1.79-86  (1997)  4-  'Adnominal  Conditionals',  in  Proceedings  from 
Semantics  and  Linguistic  Theory  VI,  T.  Galloway  and  J.  Spence,  eds.,  CLC  Publications,  Ithaca, 
NY  (1996). 

Morgan,  Jerry  L. 

4  In  preparation:  (with  G.  M.  Green)  A  note  on  using  larger  lexicons  to  expand  application 
domains.  (To  be  submitted  to  Computational  Linguistics). 

Pandharipande,  Rajeshwari 
Book:  4  A  Grammar  of  Marathi,  Routledge,  London  (July  1997);  Chapter:  4  Is  Genetic 
Connection  Relevant  in  Code-Switching?:  Evidence  from  South  Asian  Languages,  In  Rodolfo 
Jacobson  (ed.),  Code-Switching  Worldwide  (in  press  for  Mouton).  Manuscripts:  4  Research 
Project  "A  Sociolinguistic  Analysis  of  the  Language  in  the  Hindu  Temples  in  Bombay",  the  fieldwork 
was  carried  out  in  Bombay,  India  during  the  period  of  January-March,  1997  4  Completed  the  Project 
for  the  Research  Board  Grant  (96-97)  on  "Language  of  Religion  Form  and  Function,"  the  first  draft  of 
the  manuscripts  which  includes  ten  chapters  is  now  ready  for  editing  4  Select  Bibliography  of 
Language  of  Religion:  Cross  Religious  Perspective. 

Wu,  Mary 

4  v Meaning  and  Form:  Computing  Definite  and  Uniqueness  Readings  of  Complex  Noun 
Phrases  in  Mandarin  Chinese'.  In  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences,  1995,  25:1  [publ.  February 
1997],  145-157,  University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign. 

Zgusta,  Ladislav 

Articles:    4  Names  and  Their  Study.    Concluding  Remarks  Section  of  Name  Studies:  An 

International  Handbook  of  Onomastics.  Edited  by  E.  Eichler,  G.  Hilty,  H.  Loffler,  H.    Steger,  and 

L.    Zgusta.    Vol.    II.    Berlin:  de  Gruyter,  1996,  pp.    1876-1890  4  Systematicka  Terminologie  po 

Triceti  Letech  [Systematic  Terminology  After  Thirty  Years]  4  In  Acta  onomastica  (Venovano  k  100. 

Vyroci  Narozeni  Univ.)  Prof.  PhDr.  Vladimira  4  Smilauera,  DrSc,  Zakladatele  Moderni  Ceske 
Onomastiky),  36,  1995,  pp.  262-272;  Scholarly  German  Bilingual  Lexicography  in  Imperial  Russia 
(Hoi  treis  archiereis).  Germanistische  Linguistik,  134-135,  1996,  pp.  87-114.  Books  Edited:  4 
Name  Studies:  An  International  Handbook  of  Onomastics.  Edited  by  E.  Eichler,  G.  Hilty,  H. 
Loffler,  H.     Steger,  and  L.    Zgusta.    Vol.    II.    Berlin:  de  Gruyter,   1996  4  Name  Studies:  An 

25 


International  Handbook  of  Onomastics.  Edited  by  E.  Eichler,  G.  Hilty,  H.  Loffler,  H.  Steger,  and 
L.  Zgusta.  Index  Vol.  Berlin:  de  Gruyter,  1996.  Reviews:  Has  written  reviews  of  a  number  of 
reference  books,  including  bilingual  dictionaries  of  Uzbek,  Thai,  Tatar,  Maori,  and  Turkic  languages, 
as  well  as  of  books  on  Russian  placenames  and  translation  theory. 


Papers  Read 

Chen,   Shu-Fen 

♦  "Vowel  Length  in  Middle  Chinese  Based  on  Sanskrit  Buddhist  Transliteration"  presented  at 
Eighth  North  American  Conference  on  Chinese  Linguistics  (NACCL-8).  University  of  Illinois  at 
Urbana-Champaign.  May,  1996  ♦  "A  Study  of  Chinese  Loanwords  from  Sanskrit"  will  be  presented 
at  Sixth  International  Conference  on  Chinese  Linguistics  (ICCL-6)  Sinological  Institute,  Leiden 
University,  the  Netherlands.  June  1997. 

Chen,   Si-Qing 

♦  "The  Automatic  Identification  and  Recovery  of  Chinese  Acronyms".  Paper  presented  at  the 
Eighth  North  American  Conference  on  Chinese  Linguistics,  May  17-19,  1996,  UIUC. 

Cheng,  Chen-Chuan 

♦  "In  Search  of  Cognitive  Basis  of  Common  Chinese  Characters".  The  Ninth  North 
American  Conference  on  Chinese  Linguistics,  Victoria,  Canada,  May  2-4,  1997  ♦  Discussant, 
Southeast  Asian  Population  Symposium,  University  of  Illinois,  March  10-13,  1997  ♦  Organized  a 
Workshop  for  Chinese  Online  Reading  Assistant,  Urbana,  October  12-13,  1996  ♦  Organized  a 
Workshop  for  Chinese  Online  Reading  Assistant,  Madison,  Wisconsin,  April  26-27,  1996. 

Cole,  Jennifer 

♦  1997,  Feb.:  "Is  Spanish  Spirantization  a  Unitary  Process?:  Some  Experimental  Evidence," 
with  J.I.  Hualde  (presenter)  and  K.  Iskarous,  Linguistics  Symposium  on  Romance  Languages  27  ♦ 
1996,  Nov.:  "Metrical  Structure  and  Non-Initiality  in  Sukuma  Tone,"  with  E.  Hsiao,  Mid- 
Continental  Workshop  in  Phonology,  2  ♦  1996,  Nov.:  "Testing  the  Transitivity  Hypothesis  in 
Optimality  Theory,"  with  G.  Dell  and  D.  Guest,  Mid-Continental  Workshop  in  Phonology,  2  ♦ 
1996,  Oct.:  "Deconstructing  Metaphony,"  University  of  Illinois  Linguistics  Seminar  ♦  1996,  July: 
"Integrating  the  Phonetics  and  Phonology  of  Intonation,"  Invited  Commentary  at  LabPhon  V. 

Donchin,  Rina 

♦  Presented  a  paper  on  Reading  Comprehension  of  Students  Whose  Parents  are  Israelis  at  the 
Annual  Conference  of  the  NAPH,  Memphis,  TN,  June  1996  ♦  Organized  a  panel  on  the  methodology 
of  teaching  Hebrew  at  the  Midwestern  Jewish  Studies  Association,  Chicago,  October  1996  ♦ 
Conducted  a  workshop  on  Israeli  women  writers,  Chicago  Chapter  of  Haddassah,  May  1996  ♦ 
Conducted  a  2  day  Intensive  Hebrew  ulpan  for  Youthworks  in  New  York,  February  1997  ♦ 
Supervised  the  Intensive  Hebew  ulpan,  UIUC  Intersession,  May  1996. 

Green,  Georgia  M. 

♦  Distinguishing  Main  and  Subordinate  Clause;  the  ROOT  of  the  Problem,  HPSG-96 
Conference  (Marseille,  France  5/96)  ♦  How  to  Get  People  with  Words;  Strategies  for  Manipulating  a 
Witness,  Law  and  Society  Conference  (Glasgow,  7/96),  (also  presented  at  a  departmental  Seminar 
Fall  1996)  ♦  Structure,  Goals,  and  Comprehensibility  Revisited,  American  Society  of  Newspaper 
Editors  Workshop  (Chapel  Hill,  10/96)  ♦  Modeling  Grammar  Growth:  Universal  Grammar  Without 
Innate  Principles  or  Parameters,  GALA-97  Language  Acquisition  Conference  (Edinburgh,  4/96). 
Chaired:  ♦  Linguistic  Society  of  America  1/97. 

26 


Hock,  Hans  Henrich 

♦  "Many  Small  Steps  for  Farsi,  a  Few  Giant  Steps  for  Vedic:  Vedic  Pluti  and  Verb 
Accentuation  Revisited",  June  1996,  East  Coast  Indo-European  Conference,  Yale  University*  ♦ 
"Through  a  Glass  Darkly:  Modern  Colonialist  Attitudes  vs.  Textual  and  General  Prehistoric  Evidence 
on  "Race"  in  Vedic  Indo- Aryan  Society",  October  1996,  Aryan  and  Non- Aryan  in  South  Asia: 
Evidence,  Interpretation  and  Ideology,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,*  and  November  1996, 
South  Asia  Brownbag,  University  of  Illinois  4-  "More  on  the  Historical  Dialectology  of  Convergence: 
The  case  of  South  Asia",  November  1996,  Workshop  on  Language  Contact,  Ohio  State  University  ♦ 
"Vasat,  vat,  vet  A  New  Etymological  Account  Based  on  the  Vedic  Evidence",  January  1997,  10th 
World  Sanskrit  Conference,  Bangalore,  India  4-  "How  Null  is  Null?  Emptyheadedness  and 
Headlessness  in  Sanskrit  and  Their  Consequences  for  Agreement",  January  1997,  International 
Seminar  on  "Nulls",  Delhi  University*  ♦  "Indology  Beyond  Sanskrit  -  But  Also  Including  Sanskrit", 
International  Seminar  on  Indology-Past,  Present,  Future,  January  1997,  University  of  Puna,  India, 
and  Centre  for  Linguistics  and  English,  Jawaharlal  Nehru  University,  New  Delhi*  ♦  "Bring  the 
Paper,  COMMA,  boy:  Prosody  vs.  Syntax",  February  1997,  Ohio  State  University*  4-  "Bring  the 
Paper,  COMMA,  Boy,  or:  The  Joys  of  Prosody",  March  1997,  Linguistics  Seminar,  University  of 
Illinois,  (invited  talks  marked  by  an  asterisk).  Session  Chair:  4-  October  1996,  Aryan  and  Non- 
Aryan  in  South  Asia:  Evidence,  Interpretation  and  Ideology,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor  4- 
January  1997,  10th  World  Sanskrit  Conference,  Bangalore,  India  4-  January  1997,  International 
Seminar  on  "Nulls",  Delhi  University  4-  January  1997,  University  of  Puna,  India,: 

Honegger,  Mark 

4-  "A  Phonological  Account  of  the  "Adverb  Effect"  and  that-t  Violations,"  at  the  Mid- American 
Linguistics  Conference,  University  of  Kansas,  Nov.  1-2  4-  "A  Unified  Account  of  Word  Order  in 
Configurational  and  Non-Configurational  Languages,"  at  the  Chicago  Linguistic  Society  Annual 
Meeting,  University  of  Chicago,  April  17-19  4-  "Modality  Tests  in  Malay,"  at  the  Southeast  Asia 
Linguistics  Society  Annual  Meeting,  University  of  Illinois,  May  9-11. 

Kachru,  Braj 

4-  "Past  Imperfect:  The  Otherside  of  English  in  Asia,"  special  lecture  organized  by  the  Japan 
Association  of  Language  Teachers  (JALT)  and  the  Japan  Association  of  College  English  Teachers 
(JACET),  Sendal,  Japan,  October  19,  1996  4-  "The  Otherside  of  English:  Norms,  Models,  and 
Identities,"  JALT  and  Miyazaki  Municipal  University,  Miyazaki,  Japan,  October  22,  1996  4-  "Past 
Imperfect:  The  Otherside  of  English  in  Asia,"  special  lecture,  JALT,  Kobe  Chapter,  Kobe,  Japan, 
October  27,  1996  4-  "World  Englishes:  Models,  Creativity,  and  Identities,"  Featured  Speaker 
Workshop  the  22nd  Annual  International  JALT  Convention,  Hiroshima,  Japan,  November  2,  1996  ♦ 
"Teaching  World  Englishes,"  Featured  Speaker  Workshop  the  22nd  Annual  International  JALT 
Convention,  Hiroshima,  Japan,  November  3,  199;  4-  "Opening  Borders  with  World  Englishes: 
Theory  in  the  Classroom,"  Plenary  address,  the  22nd  Annual  International  JALT  Convention, 
Hiroshima,  Japan,  November  4,  1996  4-  "Raja  Rao:  Madhyam  and  Mantra, "  paper  at  the  symposium 
on  "Word  as  Mantra:  The  Art  of  Raja  Rao,"  honoring  Raja  Rao  at  the  University  of  Texas  at  Austin, 
March  18,  1997  4-  "Caliban's  Creative  Chaos,"  Jubilee  lecture,  College  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences, 
University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign,  May  1,  1997. 

Kachru  Yamuna 

4-  Cultural  Pluralism  and  English  Textbooks  in  South  Asia  and  the  USA.  Paper  presented  at 
AILA  96  (International  Congress  of  Applied  Linguistics),  Jyvaskyla,  Finland,  August  6,  1996  4- 
Culture,  Context  and  Writing  in  South  Asia:  Argumentational  Persuasion.  Paper  presented  at  AILA 
96  (International  Congress  of  Applied  Linguistics),  Jyvaskyla,  Finland,  August  6,  1996  4-  Culture, 
Variation  and  English  Language  Education.   Paper  presented  at  the  Japan  Association  of  Language 

27 


Teachers  Conference  1996,  Hiroshima,  Japan,  November  2,  1996  4  Creativity  in  Conversation: 
Projecting  Identities.  Paper  presented  at  Japan  Association  of  Language  Teachers  Conference  1996, 
Hiroshima,  Japan,  November  2,  1996  4  Teaching  Conventions  of  Writing  in  World  Englishes. 
Paper  presented  at  Japan  Association  of  Language  Teachers  Conference  1996,  Hiroshima,  Japan, 
November  3,  1996  4  Culture  and  Argumentation.  Plenary  paper  presented  at  the  Third  International 
Conference  of  the  International  Association  for  World  Englishes,  Honolulu,  Hawaii,  December  19, 
1996  4  World  Englishes  and  Second  Language  Acquisition.  Paper  presented  at  the  SALA  18  (South 
Asian  Language  Analysis  Conference),  New  Delhi,  January  8,  1997.  Panels  Organized:  4 
Symposium  on  Critical  Linguistics  and  Language  Education  at  AILA  '96  (International  Congress  of 
Applied  Linguistics),  Jyvaskyla,  Finland,  August  6,1996  4-  Panel  on  Language  and  Ideology  at 
SALA  18  (South  Asian  Language  Analysis  Conference),  New  Delhi,  January  6,  1997. 

Kim,   Chin-Woo 

4  "Autosegmental  Phonology  and  Optimality  Theory,"  Workshop  in  Optimality  Theory, 
August  4-7,  1996,  Seoul,  Korea:  Linguistic  Society  of  Korea  4-  Discussant  on  J.J.  Ree:  "Education 
of  Korean  Language  Abroad,"  The  2nd  SAT-U  Korean  Colloquium,  September  25-26,  1996, 
Newport  Beach,  CA  (invited)  4-  "Notes  on  Teaching  Korean  Phonology,"  The  3rd  SAT-U  Korean 
Colluquium,  April  3-5,  1997,  Chicago,  IL  (invited)  4  "Korean  as  a  Foreign  Language  and  as  a 
Heritage  Language,"  The  2nd  International  Conference  on  Korean  Studies,  Keimyung  University, 
Taegu,  Korea,  June  25-28,  1997  (invited)  4-  "Unrelease  in  Korean  Stops  Revisited,"  (with  Seok- 
Chae  Rhee)  Harvard  Workshop  in  Korean  Linguistics  VII,  July  11-13,  1997,  Boston,  MA  4 
"Immunity  in  Place  Assimilation  in  Neutralization,"  (with  Seok-Chae  Rhee)  Seoul  International 
Conference  on  Linguistics  V,  August  11-16,  1997,  Seoul,  Korea  4-  "A  Future  Direction  of  Korean 
Linguistics"  (a  tentative  title),  The  6th  International  Conference  on  Korean  Linguistics 
Commemorating  the  600th  Anniversary  of  king  Sejong's  Birth,  The  Han'gul  Research  Society, 
Seoul,  Korea,  October  12-16,  1997  (invited)  4-  "On  the  Origin  and  Structure  of  Han'gul  (a  tentative 
title),  International  Symposium  on  Literacy  and  Writing  Systems,  December  1997,  Chunnam  National 
University,  Kwangju,  Korea.  Symposia  Organized:  4-  "Computerization  and  Modernization  of 
Korean,"  The  5th  International  Conference  on  Korean  Studies,  August  8-10,  1997,  International 
Society  of  Korean  Studies,  Osaka,  Japan  4-  "Literacy  and  Writing  Systems  in  Asia:  Commemorating 
the  600th  Anniversary  of  King  Sejong's  Birth,"  December  1996  (Kwangju,  Korea)  and  May  1997 
(Urbana,  IL). 

Lasersohn,  Peter 

4-  'Pragmatic  Halos',  Colloquium  Series  of  the  Departments  of  Linguistics  and  Philosophy 
and  the  Program  in  Cognitive  Science,  Indiana  University,  October  31,  1996  4-  'Adnominal 
Conditionals',  Semantics  and  Linguistic  Theory  VI,  Rutgers  University,  April  26-28,  1996. 

Morgan,  Jerry  L. 

4-  "Gaspar:  A  Research  Project  in  Applied  Computational  Linguistics",  Linguistics  Seminar, 
March  13,  1997. 

Pandharipande,  Rajeshwari 

♦  "Thetis,  Ganges,  and  Immortality:  A  Comparative  Analysis"  (with  Albert  Watanabe), 
UCLA  Indo-European  Conference,  May  26,  1996  4-  "Politeness  as  a  Derived  Concept:  Evidence 
from  Indian  Languages,"  International  Pragmatics  Conference,  Mexico  City,  July  4-9,  1996  ♦ 
"Structure  and  Function  of  the  Language  of  Religion  in  South  Asia:  Challenges  and  Changes,"  1 1th 
World  Congress  Applied  Linguistics,  August  1996,  Jyvaskyla,  Finland  4-  "Contextualizing  the  Truth: 
Jnaneswari,"  Annual  Conference  on  Vedanta,  Department  of  Philosophy,  University  of  Miami, 
Oxford,  Ohio,  November  1996  4-  "Is  There  a  Hindu  English?:  Issues  in  a  New  Genre  in  the  U.S.," 
Third  Annual  Conference  of  International  Association  for  World  Englishes,  Honolulu,  HI,  December 

28 


19-21,  1996  ♦  "Visions  of  Immortality  in  the  Indian  and  Greek  Mythology"  (with  Albert  Watanabe), 
the  Conference  of  American  Philological  Association,  New  York,  December  30,  1996  ♦  "Are  There 
Universal  Constraints  on  Codemixing?:  A  Critical  Review,"  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  and 
Linguistics,  Bombay  University,  Mumbai,  India,  February  28,  1997  4-  "Variable  Patterns  and 
Variable  Constraints:  Codemixing  in  Bilingual  Discourse,"  American  Association  of  Applied 
Linguistics  Conference,  Orlando,  FL,  March  8-11,  1997  4-  Participated  in  a  conference  on  "Toward 
Constructing  a  Language  Learning  Framework:  The  South  Asian  Case,"  South  Asian  Language 
Teachers'  Association,  Annual  Meeting  of  Asian  Studies,  Chicago,  April  15,  1997  ♦  "I  am  a  River: 
Changing  Roles  of  Women  in  India,"  Seminar  on  Roles  of  Asian  Women,  North  Eastern  University, 
Chicago,  IL,  April  8,  1997.  Panels  Organized:  ♦  "Applied  Linguistics  in  South  Asia:  Issues  and 
Directions"  (with  Tej  Bhatia),  1 1th  World  Congress  of  Applied  Linguistics,  Javaskyla,  Finland, 
August  1996  ♦  "Bilingual  Discourse:  Issues  and  Perspectives"  (with  Tamara  Valentine),  AAAL  97, 
Orlando,  FL,  March  1997. 

Wu  Mary 

♦  'Meaning  and  Form:  Computing  Definite  and  Uniqueness  Readings  of  Complex  Noun 
Phrases  in  Mandarin  Chinese,'  paper  presented  at  the  Symposium  on  Referential  Properties  of 
Chinese  Noun  Phrases,  City  University  of  Hong  Kong,  June  24-25,  1996. 

Zgusta,  Ladislav 

♦  Delivered  keynote  address  at  the  EURALEX  conference  in  Goteborg,  Sweden,  in  August 
1996. 


Individual  Recognition  and  Projects 

Cheng,  Chin-Chuan 
Appointments:  4  Jubilee  Professor  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences  ♦  Director  of  Language 
Learning  Laboratory  4-  Professor  of  Linguistics  ♦  Professor  of  Chinese  ♦  Professor  of  English  as  an 
International  Language  ♦  Adjunct  Professor  of  English,  National  Kaohsiung  Normal  University, 
Taiwan.  Administration  and  Internal  Services:  4-  As  Director  of  the  Language  Learning 
Laboratory,  provided  services  of  Audio,  Microcomputer,  and  Video  Labs,  which  lend  technological 
support  to  language  teaching  for  over  70  hours  per  week  per  lab;  several  thousand  students  used  these 
facilities  4-  Chair,  Language  Learning  Laboratory  Executive  Committee  4-  Member,  Admission  and 
Fellowships  Committee,  Department  of  Linguistics  4-  Member,  Graduate  Student  Orientation 
Committee,  Department  of  Linguistics  4  Chair,  Capricious  Grading  Committee,  Department  of 
Linguistics  4-  Member,  Library  Committee,  Department  of  Linguistics  4-  Member,  Campus  Fulbright 
Grants  Interviewing  Committee  4-  Member,  Campus  Computing  and  Networking  Committee, 
Campus.  Offices  Held:  4-  President  (1996-97)  of  the  International  Association  of  Chinese 
Linguistics  4-  Continued  to  serve  as  Member  of  Editorial  Committee,  International  Sinology  ♦ 
Continued  to  serve  as  Member  of  Advisory  Board  of  Contemporary  Chinese  Linguistics  4-  Continued 
to  serve  as  Associate  Editor  of  the  Journal  of  Chinese  Linguistics;  Continued  to  serve  as  Advisor  of 
the  North  American  Region  of  the  Chiang  4-  Ching-Kuo  Foundation  for  International  Scholarly 
Exchange  4-  Continued  to  serve  as  Publisher  of  a  Chinese  journal  C-U  Chinese  Quarterly,  a 
publication  for  University  of  Illinois  Chinese  communities  including  students,  faculty,  and  alumni  all 
over  the  worl;  4-  Continued  to  serve  as  Editor,  International  Review  of  Chinese  Linguistics  4-  Director 
of  CORA  (Chinese  Online  Reading  Assistant),  an  Internet  project  for  creating  Chinese  reading  lessons 
for  advanced  students.  Research  Grants:  4  Implemented  the  Chinese  Online  Reading  Assistant  on 
the  Internet  with  a  grant  of  $4,500  from  the  campus  Educational  Technologies  Board  4-  Received 
$27,000  from  campus  central  administration  and  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences  for 
conversion  of  analog  tape  to  digital  audio  of  several  languages  for  instructional  delivery  over  the  Web 

29 


♦  Received  $45,000  from  Educational  Technologies  Board  for  renovating  a  multimedia  classroom  of 
the  Language  Learning  Laboratory.  Courses  Taught:  4-  Linguistics  306  (Introduction  to 
Computational  Linguistics),  Fall  1996  4  Linguistics  406  (Topics  in  Computational  Linguistics), 
Spring  1997  4  Linguistics  490  (Independent  Studies)  1996-97  4  Linguistics  499  (Thesis  Research), 
199. 

Cole,  Jennifer 

♦  Humanities  Released  Time  Award  (Univ.  of  Illinois),  1996-97.  Individual  Projects 
and  Funded  Research:  4  1/96  -  7/96.  "The  distribution  of  continuant  and  non-continuant 
allophones  of  /b,d,g/  in  the  speech  of  native  and  non-native  speakers  of  Spanish,"  Co-PI  (with  J.I. 
Hualde).  UIUC.  Research  Board:  ♦  6/94  -  5/97  "Phonological  Encoding  in  Language 
Production,"  Co-PI  (with  Gary  Dell).  National  Science  Foundation.  Other:  Chair,  2nd  Mid- 
Continental  Workshop  in  Phonology,  Univ.  of  Illinois,  1996.  Cognitive  Science/Artificial 
Intelligence  awarded  summer  fellowships:  to  two  of  my  students,  Khalil  Iskarous  and  Mee- 
Jin  Ah. 

Donchin,  Rina 

4  Member  of  the  Executive  Board,  National  Association  of  Professors  of  Hebrew  (NAPH). 

Green,  Georgia  M. 
Professional  Societies:  4  Program  Committee  for  HPSG-97  Conference  4  Chair, 
Nominating  Committee  (Linguistic  Society  of  America).  Research  Funding:  4  Toward  a 
Personally  Engaging  Computer  Companion  (Contract  with  Yamaha  Corporation  to  develop 
interactional  pragmatics  module  for  a  "friendly"  expert  system).  Service  Activities:  4  Department 
of  Linguistics,  Advisory  Committee,  Student  evaluation  and  examination  committee  (Chair),  and 
Admissions  and  aid.  Campus:  4  Committee  on  the  Admission  of  Student- Athletes,  Educational 
Policy  Committee,  Athletic  Advisory  Board,  Chair,  Academic  Progress  and  Eligibility  Committee, 
Executive  Committee.  Masters  and  Doctoral  Committees:  4  Ph.D.  committees:  Chair:  Suzuki- 
Kose,  Reiko  Makino,  David  Baxter  Advisor:  Witte  (German  Dept.). 

Hock,  Hans  Henrich 

4  Among  other  activities;  organized,  in  cooperation  with  members  of  the  Program  of  South 
Asian  and  Middle  Eastern  Studies,  a  lecture  series,  "India  50,"  and  other  events  in  recognition  of 
India's  50th  anniversary  of  independence  4  helped  develop  an  India  Studies  fundraising  initiative 
whose  ultimate  goal  is  a  rotating  professorship;  4  succeeded  in  establishing  an  exchange  program 
between  UIUC  and  Jawaharlal  Nehru  University,  Delhi,  India  4  Chair,  Study  Abroad  Faculty 
Committee  for  Africa,  West  Asia,  and  South  Asia,  Spring  1997  4  Director  for  the  1999  Linguistic 
Institute  of  the  Linguistic  Society  of  America,  to  be  hosted  by  the  Department  of  Linguistics  4 
Member,  Ad-hoc  Committee  of  the  Linguistic  Society  of  America  for  the  Society's  75th  Anniversary 
Celebrations;  and  Trustee  for  UIUC  to  the  American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies.  Grants:  Research 
Board  grant  for  work  on  Post-Vedic  South  Asian  convergence,  1996-1997  4  Scholars'  Travel  Fund 
grant  for  attending  conferences  in  India,  January  1997  4  Grant  from  MUCIA  and  the  Study  Abroad 
Office  for  a  trip  to  Jawaharlal  Nehru  University,  New  Delhi,  India,  April  1997,  to  conclude 
negotiations  on  an  exchange  program.  Other  honors:  One  of  ten  scholars  recognized  as 
vidyasagara  at  a  ceremony  by  Mandakini,  a  society  for  the  promotion  of  Sanskrit,  at  the  10th  World 
Sanskrit  Conference,  Bangalore,  India,  January  1997  4  1996/1997  Alumni  Discretionary  Support 
Award,  College  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences 

Ito,  Natsumi 

4  Recognized  as  an  outstanding  Teaching  Assistant  of  Japanese  for  the  Fall  95  and  Spring  96 
semesters. 

30 


Kachru,  Braj 

♦  Director,  the  Center  for  Advanced  Study,  University  of  Dlinois  at  Urbana-Champaign 
Appointed  in  June,  1996  ♦  President,  International  Association  for  World  Englishes.  Elected  for  a 
two-year  term  beginning  in  1997  ♦  Member,  Committee  to  select  the  University  Scholars,  University 
of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign,  1997  4  Member,  Committee  on  Endowed  Appointments, 
University  of  Illinois,  Urbana  1997-  4  Member,  Tykociner  Lecture  Committee,  College  of 
Engineering,  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana,  1997-  4-  Manuscript  Reviewer  for  Oxford  University 
Press,  Oxford,  England;  University  of  Illinois  Press,  Urbana-Champaign;  Routledge  Publishers, 
London;  Language  and  Society;  and  the  Journal  of  Multilingual  and  Multicultural  Development  4 
Reviewer  of  research  proposals  for  the  University  Grants  Committee,  Government  of  Hong  Kong; 
Hong  Kong;  National  University  of  Singapore,  Singapore,  and  the  Research  Board,  University  of 
Illinois,  Urbana. 

Kachru,  Yamuna 

4  Invited  to  contributed  a  volume  on  Hindi  in  the  London  Oriental  and  African  Language 
Library  series,  John  Benjamins  4  Research  Board  Grant:  1996-97  4  Travel  Grant     from    the 

College  of  Liberal  Arts  and  Sciences,  UIUC,  to  attend  the  Third  IAWE  in  Honolulu,  HI  4-  Travel 
Grant  from  the  Scholars  Travel  Fund,  UIUC,  to  attend  the  JALT  96  in  Hiroshima,  Japan  4-  Invited  to 
lecture  on  several  campuses  in  South  Africa  in  July- August,  1997  (declined)  4  Evaluated  proposals 
for  NSF. 

Kim,  Chin-Woo 
Linguistics:  4  Admissions  and  Fellowships  Committee  4  Advisory  Committee  4 
Examinations  and  Evaluations  Committee  4  Phonology  Search  Committee,  Chair  4-  Four  Ph.D. 
committees.  East  Asian  Languages  and  Culture:  4  Lectures  and  Brown-Bag  Series  4-  TA 
Committee  4  3rd  Year  Review  Committee  for  S.  Fujii  and  H.  Yamashita  4-  Three  MA  Exam 
committees. 

Lasersohn,  Peter 

4-  Chaired  session  on  'Quantification,  Adverbs  and  Coordination',  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
Linguistic  Society  of  America,  Chicago,  January  2-5,  1997  4  Reviewed  manuscripts  for  Linguistics 
and  Philosophy  4  Reviewed  abstracts  for  Semantics  and  Linguistic  Theory  VII,  Stanford  University, 
March  21-23,  1997.  Projects:  Development  of  a  pragmatic  theory  of  vagueness  and  semantic 
granularity  4  Event-mereological  semantics  for  plurality  and  coordination  4-  Type-theoretic 
generalization  of  distributivity  operators. 

Morgan,  Jerry  L. 
Research   Funding:    4  Toward  a  Personally  Engaging  Computer  Companion  (Contract 
with  Yamaha  Corporation  to  develop  interactional  pragmatics  module  for  a  "friendly"  expert  system). 

Pandharipande,  Rajeshwari 

4-  Campus  Research  Board  (UIUC)  Grant  (1996-97)  for  the  Research  project  entitled,  "Form 
and  Function  of  Language  of  Religion:  Cross-Religious  perspectives"  4  General  Education  Course 
Development  Award  (UIUC)  for  Summer  1997  for  developing  a  course  entitled,  "Hinduism  in  the 
United  States"  4  Scholars'  Travel  Grant  (URJC)  to  organize  a  panel  on  "Applied  Linguistics  in  South 
Asia:  Issues  and  Directions"  4-  Nominated  as  member  of  the  National  Committee  on  South  Asian 
Languages  Association  4  Evaluated  as  "Outstanding  Teacher"  for  Hindi  305  (Fall  1996). 
Committee  Work:  4-  Fall  96:  Coordinator  for  the  Hindi  Program,  Department  of  Linguistics  4- 
Member  of  the  Advisory  Committee,  Department  of  Linguistics  4  Member  of  the  Campus  Committee 
on  The  Asian  American  Studies  4  Student  Advisor,  Program  for  the  Study  of  Religion  4-  LAS 
General  Education  Committee.    Courses    Taught:  4  Fall  1996  (1)  Asian  Mythology  (Religious 

31 


Studies/Asian  Studies  104  ♦  Advanced  Hindi  (Hindi  305).  Independent  Study:  Fall  96  ♦  Cohn 
Scholar's  Program  LAS:  "Myth  and  Religion:  Theory  and  Practice"  4-  Landscape  Architecture: 
Impact  of  Religion  on  Indian  Architecture:  A  study  of  Ancient  Sanskrit  Texts  ♦  Department  of 
Russian  Literature:  Mysticism  and  Religious  Symbolism:  The  Holy  Fools  in  Russia  ♦  Comparative 
Literature:  Indian  Theories  of  Literature  and  the  Sanskrit  Epics  4-  Linguistics:  Discourse  Analysis  of 
the  Novels  of  Mohefouz;  Spring  97  ♦  Landscape  Architecture:  Matskya  Purana:  Tracing  the  Roots 
of  Indian  Architecture  ♦  Linguistics:  Discourse  Analysis  (continued  from  the  Fall).  MA/Ph.D. 
Committees:  ♦  Comparative  Literature:  Primary  (co)Advisor  for  Ph.D.  Dissertation  on  "From  the 
room  of  one's  own  to  the  room  in  the  house:  A  feminist  discourse  in  the  modern  Indian  Literature" 
(defended  May  1996)  4-  Institute  of  Communications:  Primary  (co) Advisor  for  Ph.D.  Dissertation 
on  "Discourse  of  post  Independence  communalism  in  India"  (defended  January  1997)  4-  Russian 
Literature:  (served  on  the  committees),  November  1996,  preliminary  examination  for  the  Ph.D. 
dissertation  "The  Mysticism  of  the  Holy  Fools  in  Russia  4-  Ph.D.  Dissertation  Defense  of  the 
dissertation  "The  new  People  in  the  Prose  of  Zinaida  Hippius"  (May  16,  1997)  4-  Linguistics: 
Primary  Advisor:  Ph.D.  Dissertation  "A  study  of  the  literary  Discourse  in  the  Novels  of  Naguib 
Mahfouz"  (May  13,  1997)  4-  (served  on  the  Ph.D.  dissertation  Committee)  preliminary  examination, 
dissertation  title  "Gender  in  natural  Conversation  and  Literary  Discourse;  A  sociolinguistics  Study" 
(May  9,  1997);  (served  on  the  committee)  preliminary  examination  dissertation  tide  "News  as 
Ideology:  Linguistics  Analysis  of  US  Newspaper  coverage  of  South  Korea"  (April  1997)  4-  (served 
on  the  committee)  preliminary  examination  dissertation  title  "Complex  genres  and  language  learning: 
A  longitudinal  study"  4-  School  of  Social  Work:  (served  on  the  Ph.D.  dissertation  committee) 
preliminary  examination  dissertation  title  "Care-giving  in  Schizophrenia:  A  Constructivist  Paradigm 
Approach  to  Understanding  Asian  Indian  Families"  (November  27,  1996)  4-  Educational  Psychology: 
(served  on  Ph.D.  dissertation  committee)  "There's  a  Word  from  the  Lord  Today:  A  Cross-cultural 
Analysis  of  Sermons  in  Context"  (April  8,  1997)  4-  Landscape  Architecture:  (served  on  the  MA 
committee)  "The  Mandala  and  the  Sacred  Landscape  of  the  Traditional  Hindu  City"  (November  1996). 

Zgusta,  Ladislav 

4-  Professor  Emeritus,  August  1995.  Current  Research  Interests:  4-  Major  research 
interests  include  the  theory  and  practice  of  lexicography,  name  studies,  Indo-European  linguistics,  and 
the  languages  of  Asia  Minor.  Current  projects  include  an  upcoming  state-of-the-field  article  on  the 
laryngeal  and  glottalic  theories  within  Indo-European  linguistics,  to  be  included  in  the  series  of 
linguistic  encyclopedias  published  by  de  Gruyter.  Serves  as  editor  for  Lexicographica  Series  Major 
and  the  journal  Lexicographica,  and  has  been  a  frequent  reviewer  for  Dictionaries,  International 
Journal  of  Lexicography,  Names,  Language,  Kratylos,  and  American  Reference  Books  Annual. 

ALUMNI  NEWS 

We  are  pleased  again  to  include  the  following  news  notes  from  alumni  and  former  colleagues. 
We  anticipate  hearing  from  more  of  you  each  year  in  order  that  this  section  will  be  one  of  the  larger 
ones  in  the  Newsletter. 

Nkonko  Kamwangamalu 

(University  of  Natal  (Durban)) 

Honors  and  Recognitions:  Commissioned  (by  Richard  Watts)  to  guest-edit  a  special  issue 
of  Multilingua  (Journal  of  Cross-Cultural  and  Interlanguage  Communication),  with  a  focus  on 
Multilingualism  in  South  Africa;  appointed  to  the  Board  of  the  Linguistic  Society  of  Southern  Africa 
and  to  the  Language  Advisory  Committee  of  the  University  of  Natal  in  Durban  (South  Africa);  and 
invited  by  the  University  of  Namibia  to  act  as  external  examiner  for  courses  in  Sociolinguistics. 
Individual  Research  Projects:  Continuing  work  on  the  following  projects:  English  and 
Englishes  in  Southern  Africa;  Language  contact  and  codeswitching  in  Africa;  Multilingualism  and 

32 


identity  in  post-apartheid  South  Africa;  Language  display  and  construction  of  identity  in  a  society  in 
transition,  South  Africa;  co-editing  a  book  (with  Sinfree  Makoni  of  the  University  of  Cape  Town) 
entitled:  Language  and  Institutions  in  Africa:  Current  Trends  and  Future  Prospects;  guest-editing  a 
special  issue  of  Multilingua  entitled:  Aspects  of  Multilingualism  in  Post-Apartheid  South  Africa. 
Papers  Read:  We  Codes,  They-Codes,  and  Codeswitching  with  English  in  Post- Apartheid  South 
Africa,  American  Association  for  Applied  Linguistics,  Orlando,  FL  (8-11  March  1997); 
Multilingualism  and  Education  Policy  in  Post-Apartheid  South  Africa,  Fifth  Conference  of  the 
International  Society  for  the  Study  of  European  Ideas,  Utrecht,  The  Netherlands,  (18-24  August 
1996);  Linguistic  Frontiers  in  Africa:  Reality  and  Implications  for  Education  and  Development, 
Colloquium  on  Harmonizing  and  Standardizing  African  Languages  for  Education  and  Development, 
University  of  Cape  Town,  South  Africa,  (1 1-14  July  1996);  Owning  'The  Other  Tongue':  The  Case 
of  English  in  Southern  African,  Sixteenth  conference  of  South  African  Applied  Linguistics 
Association,  University  of  Zululand,  South  Africa,  (8-10  July  1996).  Publications:  Articles: 
[forthcoming]  Owning  'The  Other  Tongue':  The  Case  of  English  in  Southern  Africa,  Journal  of 
Multilingual  and  Multicultural  Development;  [forthcoming]  Multilingualism  and  Education  Policy  in 
Post-Apartheid  South  Africa,  Language  Problems  and  Language  Planning;  [forthcoming]  Language 
Contact,  Bilingualism  and  I-Languages,  South  African  Journal  of  Linguistics;  [forthcoming] 
Language  Frontiers,  Language  Standardization,  and  Mother  Tongue  Education  in  Africa,  South 
African  Journal  of  African  Languages;  1997,  The  Colonial  Legacy  and  Language  Planning  in  Sub- 
Saharan  Africa:  The  Case  of  Zaire,  Applied  Linguistics  18,  1:69-85;  1996a,  Sociolinguistic  Aspects 
of  siSwati-English  Bilingualism,  World  Englishes  15,  3:295-306;  1996b,  Advancement  in  Some 
Asian  and  African  Languages,  Studies  in  the  Linguistics  Sciences  23,  2:137-151.  Chapters: 
English  in  Swaziland:  Form  and  Function,  In  V.  de  Klerk  (ed.),  English  Around  the  World:  Focus 
on  South  African,  285-300,  Amsterdam:  Benjamins. 

Address  your  notes  to: 

Newsletter 

Linguistics,  4088  FLB 

707  S.  Mathews 

Urbana,  IL  61801 

or  fax  us  at  (217)  333-3466,  or  send  an  e-mail  message  to:  deptling@uiuc.edu 

PUBLIC  EVENTS 

Linguistics  Seminar 

The  Linguistics  Seminar  offers  a  weekly  forum  for  papers  presented  by  graduate  students  and 
faculty.  It  normally  meets  Thursdays  at  4:00  p.m.  Since  the  last  issue  of  the  Newsletter,  the 
following  papers  have  been  read.  (Inquiries  about  and  requests  for  available  copies  should  be  directed 
to  the  authors.) 

Green,  Georgia  M. 

Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics,  UIUC 
How  To  Get  People  With  Words:  The  Linguistic  Basis  of  Strategies  for  Manipulating  a  Witness, 

19  September  1996 

Ostensibly  the  purpose  of  questioning  a  party's  witness,  whether  in  cross-examination,  or  as 
part  of  mandated  discovery  opportunities,  is  to  allow  the  opposing  party  to  evaluate  the  evidence  that 
the  witness'  testimony  might  provide. 


33 


However,  because  of  the  conditions  under  which  a  deposition  is  taken  (sworn  testimony, 
recorded  verbatim,  with  no  authority  present  to  rule  on  the  propriety  or  relevance  of  questions),  a 
deposition  is  also  an  opportunity  (even  more  than  cross-examination)  to  collect  sworn  testimony  for 
the  purpose  of  impeaching  the  witness.  A  proper  understanding  of  how  speakers  use  language  to 
negotiate  and  communicate  meaning,  framed  in  terms  familiar  from  speech  act  theory  and  Grice's 
Cooperative  Principle,  reveals  that  well-known  techniques  for  questioning  witnesses  exploit  their 
trust  in  the  default  assumptions  that  govern  this  activity. 

As  long  as  all  parties  know  what  game  is  being  played,  and  what  the  rules  are,  and  the 
possible  moves  and  their  consequences,  the  checks  and  balances  of  the  adversarial  system  allow  the 
rights  of  all  parties  to  be  protected.  But  this  is  only  true  as  long  as  attorneys  alert  witnesses  to 
manipulative  strategies  they  may  encounter,  and  officers  of  the  court  discourage  attorneys  from  taking 
advantage  of  witnesses  who  answer  in  good  faith,  according  to  the  only  principles  they  know  for 
participating  in  discourse. 

Kisseberth,  Charles  W. 

Professor,  Tel  Aviv  University/UIUC 

Studying  Emakhuwa  Dialectology:  Phonological/Socio-Historical 

Linguistic  Dimensions 

3  October  1996 

In  this  talk,  I  will  discuss  my  research  on  the  Emakhuwa  language  (1977-1984,  1990- 
present).  I  will  (a)  give  an  overview  of  the  distribution  of  Emakhuwa  dialects  (within  the  limits  of 
present  knowledge),  (b)  sketch  some  of  the  characteristic  features  of  Emakhuwa  phonology  and 
morphology,  (c)  examine  variations  in  the  tonal  systems  of  several  varieties  of  Emakhuwa,  and  (d) 
discuss  briefly  two  varieties  of  Emakhuwa  that  are  of  considerable  socio-/historical  linguistic  interest: 
Zanzibari,  the  language  of  the  descendants  of  freed  slaves  living  in  Durban,  South  Africa,  and  Ekoti,  a 
fusion  of  Emakhuwa  and  Swahili  spoken  in  Angoche  on  the  Mozambican  coast.  While  the  major  goal 
of  the  talk  is  to  be  informative  (providing  information  about  a  major  but  little  studied  language  of 
Africa),  I  will  use  the  review  of  tonal  variation  in  Emakhuwa  to  emphasize  why  Optimality  Theory 
provides  a  better  basis  for  understanding  Bantu  tone  than  a  phenomena-driven  theory  of  rules  directly 
describing  alternations. 

Lasersohn,  Peter 

Assistant  Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics,  UIUC 

Adnominal  Conditionals 

10  October  1996 

Although  conditional  constructions  have  been  discussed  extensively  in  the  semantic  literature, 
almost  all  attention  has  focused  on  cases  where  the  work  //"may  be  seen  as  connecting  two  sentences. 
A  little  noticed  fact  is  that  conditional  clauses  may  also  appear  adnominally,  as  in  the  following 
examples: 

( 1 )  We  all  know  the  consequences  if  we  fail. 

(2)  The  fine  if  you  park  in  a  handicapped  spot  is  higher  than  the  fine  if  your  meter  expires. 

(3)  The  location  if  it  rains  and  the  location  if  it  doesn't  rain  are  within  five  miles  of  each 

other. 


34 


In  this  talk,  I  will  survey  the  properties  of  such  adnominal  conditional  clauses;  argue  that  the 
are  in  fact  adnominal;  present  semantic,  syntactic  and  phonological  tests  for  distinguishing  them  from 
"ordinary"  adverbial  conditional  clauses;  and  develop  a  compositional  semantic  analysis  for  them.  I 
consider  and  reject  analyses  that  maintain  the  idea  that  if  is  always  a  sentential  connective  by 
representing  such  examples  as  involving  concealed  questions  or  free  relative  clauses  at  Logical  Form. 

In  constructing  a  semantic  analysis,  we  will  naturally  want  to  relate  adnominal  conditionals  to 
ordinary  conditionals.  Ideally,  this  should  be  done  in  a  way  which  does  not  force  an  ambiguity  in  the 
word  if.  I  will  argue  that  such  an  analysis  is  possible  if  we  adopt  a  semantic  theory  in  which 
sentences  denote  sets  of  events,  rather  than  truth  values;  this  allows  us  to  revise  the  semantics  of 
ordinary  conditionals  on  the  model  of  adnominal  conditionals. 

Such  an  analysis  forces  a  similar  revision  in  the  semantics  of  the  other  sentential  connectives  as 
well,  resulting  in  an  event-based  version  of  prepositional  logic.  In  such  a  system  the  standard  truth 
tables  are  derivable  as  a  consequence  rather  than  being  stipulated  directly.  I  suggest  this  is  desirable, 
since  it  opens  the  way  for  a  uniform  treatment  of  truth-functional  and  non-truth-functional 
connectives. 

Cole,  Jennifer 

Assistant  Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics,  UIUC 

Deconstructing  Metaphony 

17  October  1996 

This  paper  addresses  the  phonological  treatment  of  metaphony  in  Romance,  focusing  mostly 
on  the  well-documented  patterns  of  metaphony  in  Italian  dialects.  Metaphony  refers  to  the  one-step 
raising  of  a  stressed  vowel  in  forms  that  bear  a  certain  morphosyntactic  feature,  such  as  person  or 
gender,  and  includes  the  following  set  of  vowel  alternations: 

(1)  The  set  of  metaphonic  alternations 

high  mid  Id  -->  [i] 

/o/->  [u] 
low  mid  /E/  — >  [jE],  [je]  or  [e] 

101  ->  [wO],  [wo],  or  [o] 
low  /a/  -->  [E],  or  [je] 

The  central  problem  that  Romance  metaphony  poses  for  phonological  analysis,  is  how  to  get  a 
one-step  vowel  raising  to  follow  from  an  assimilation  of  vowel  height  triggered  by  the  high  vowels 
/i,u/.  Guided  by  this  question,  the  focus  of  recent  research  on  metaphony  has  been  on  defining  the 
right  set  of  vowel  height  features  and  feature  geometry  that  will  provide  a  unified  expression  of  the 
entire  set  of  metaphonic  vowel  alternations.  In  this  paper,  I  demonstrate  that  recent  proposals  for  the 
analysis  of  metaphony  as  a  unified  phenomenon  of  vowel  height  assimilation  do  not  fully  succeed. 
The  features  and  mechanisms  adopted  in  these  analyses  fail  on  technical  or  empirical  grounds,  or 
confer  excessive  power  to  the  theory,  predicting  a  wide  range  of  unattested  assimilatory  phenomena.  I 
claim  that  the  failure  of  these  analyses  derives  from  the  assumption  that  metaphony  constitutes  a 
unified  phenomenon  of  assimilation. 

On  the  basis  of  many  similarities  between  metaphony  and  non-assimilatory  vowel  raising  that 
occurs  indiachronic  sound  change  in  many  genetically  diverse  languages  (Labov  1994),  I  argue  that 
wholesale  scalar  raising  occurs  in  metaphony  as  a  secondary  result  of  a  primary  assimilatory  raising  of 
only  the  high-mid  vowels,  which  thereby  neutralize  with  the  high  vowel  triggers.  This  restricted 
assimilation  leaves  a  gap  in  the  vowel  space,  which  is  filled  in  by  shifting  the  mid-low  and  sometimes 
also  the  low  vowel  upwards.  The  proposed  analysis  operates  within  a  restricted  theory  of 
assimilation,  and  makes  no  special  demands  of  feature  theory  or  feature  geometry.     It  invokes  a 

35 


special,  but  independently  required,  rule  of  Vowel  Shift,  which  accounts  as  well  for  the  presence  of 
metaphony  in  some  dialects  in  the  absence  of  a  suffixal  trigger.  The  scalar  nature  of  Vowel  Shift  is 
attributed  to  the  principle  of  Contrast  Preservation. 

Sagarra,  Nuria 

Graduate  Student,  Spanish,  Italian,  and  Portuguese,  UIUC 
L1/L2  Recognition  Memory  for  Semantic,  Lexical  and  Syntactical  Information 

of  Connected  Discourse 
24  October,  1996 

Non  native  speakers  (NNS)  process  input  for  meaning  before  they  process  input  for  form 
(VanPatten,  1995),  but  further  research  is  required  to  determine  if  such  tendency  is  still  valid 
following  comprehension.  The  present  study  means  an  adaptation  of  Sachs  (1967)  and  delineates  (a) 
how  native  speakers  (NS)  and  non  native  speakers  (NNS)  retain  meaning  (semantic  information)  and 
form  (lexical  and  syntactical  information)  shortly  after  comprehension  of  connected  discourse,  as  well 
as  (b)  what  differences  exist  between  NS  and  NNS  recognition  memory.  Sixteen  NS  and  56  NNS 
read  20  passages  and,  after  each  passage,  read  one  recognition  test  sentence  which  was  either  identical 
or  non  identical  to  a  sentence  that  had  occurred  in  the  passage.  The  results  suggest  that  (1)  both  NS 
and  NNS  store  meaning  better  than  syntactical  form,  but  only  NS  retain  meaning  better  than  lexical 
form,  and  (2)  NS  recognize  meaning  better  than  NNS,  whereas  NNS  recognize  lexical  form  better 
than  NS.  Thus,  after  comprehension,  syntactical  form  become  unnecessary  and  is  easily  forgotten, 
while  meaning  remains  stores  independently  on  the  original  form  of  the  sentence. 

Miner,  Edward 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics,  UIUC 

Literacy  and  the  Formation  of  Social  Identity  in  Uganda 

7  November  1996 

'Literacy  development'  projects  have  been  dominated  by  an  assumption  that  'literacy' 
corresponds  to  a  universal  set  of  context-independent  cognitive  skills,  roughly  equivalent  to  'reason' 
(Goody  and  Watt  1968;  Ong  1982).  Objectified  in  this  way,  literacy  can  be  talked  about  as  something 
individuals  or  social  groups  either  possess  or  do  not.  Similarly,  the  classical  Language  Planning 
model  takes  language  itself  to  be  an  empirical  'object'  to  which  attach  features  of  "systematicity, 
distinctiveness,  closure,  and  independence"  (Fardon  and  Furniss  1994).  In  fact,  language  for 
planning  purposes  means  standardized  print-languages  that  emerge  from  the  linguistic  practices  of 
elites.  In  postcolonial  societies  coping  with  the  competing  demands  of  national  integration  and 
ethnolinguistic  accommodation,  such  assumptions  have  made  it  possible  to  talk  about  the  'rights'  of 
languages  as  distinct  from  the  rights  of  their  speakers.  The  rhetoric  of  nation-building  has  often  made 
reference  to  the  liberatory  effects  of  literacy  on  individuals,  and  the  integrating  effects  of  a  single 
national  language  on  ethnic  minorities.  Where  the  ex-colonial  language  remains  the  official  medium  of 
public  discourse,  defense  of  the  status  quo  has  generally  focused  on  its  political  neutrality  and 
developmental  potential.  Concommitantly,  these  discourses  have  tended  to  construct  'illiteracy'  as  the 
very  failure  of  reason,  and  multilingualism  as  the  enemy  of  modernization  and  democratization. 
Fardon  and  Furniss  (1994:  x)  ask:  "To  what  extent  do  the  purported  divisiveness  and  impracticality  of 
multilingualism  derive-not  from  the  fact  of  people  who  are  competent  in  diverse  language  practices- 
but  from  the  way  that  language  has  been  objectified  and  portrayed  as  the  historical  vehicle  of  attitudes 
and  consequences?"  Anderson  (1983)  argues  that  objectifications  of  standardized  print-languages  are 
central  in  the  formation  of  'imagined  communities'  of  primodial  national  identities.  It  is  through 
literate  activity  that  individuals  imagine  communities  to  which  they  belong,  most  of  the  members  of 
which  they  have  never  met.  In  Uganda,  one  theme  emerging  from  media  is  anxiety  over  the  lack  of  a 
Ugandan  national  identity,  as  well  as  the  low  levels  of  English  literacy  in  the  country.  This 
dissertation  project  seeks  to  examine  the  following  questions  with  reference  to  the  case  of  Kampala, 
Uganda:  (1)  how  are  literacy  practices  implicated  in  the  formation  of  social  identities  in  urban 
multilingual  environments?;  (2)  in  such  contexts,  do  attributions  of  literacy  or  illiteracy  function  to 

36 


legitimate  existing  patterns  of  uneven  development?,  and  (3)  is  'literacy'  itself  a  term  contested 
between  social  groups,  and  if  so,  to  what  extent  do  alternative  models  of  literacy  offer  opportunities 
for  social  critique? 

Baron,  Dennis 

Professor,  Department  of  English,  UIUC 
Don't  Make  English  Official-Ban  It  Instead:  An  Update  on  Language  Legislation 

in  the  United  States 
14  November  1996 

More  than  20  states  have  adopted  official  language  laws,  many  of  them  in  the  past  decade. 
Last  Spring,  the  House  of  Representatives  passed  the  Language  of  Government  Act,  which  would 
make  English  the  official  language  of  the  federal  government  and  its  representatives  and  eliminate  the 
bilingual  ballots  provision  of  the  1965  Voting  Rights  Act.  This  term  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  will 
rule  on  the  appeal  of  Arizona's  official  English  statute,  ruled  unconstitutional  by  the  Ninth  Circuit 
Court  of  Appeals. 

Both  Newt  Gingrich  and  Bob  Dole  campaigned  for  official  English  this  Fall,  and  the  idea  is 
supported  not  only  by  conservative  Republicans  and  groups  eager  to  shut  down  immigration,  but  also 
by  many  ecologists,  teachers,  population  control  advocates,  "soccer  moms,"  and  other  Americans 
generally  considered  to  be  liberals. 

I  will  briefly  review  the  history  of  official  language  proposals  in  the  US;  summarize  the  two 
previous  Supreme  Court  decisions  relevant  to  official  English  (Meyer  v.  Nebraska,  1923,  and  Lau  v. 
Nichols,  1974);  then  move  on  to  a  consideration  of  current  legislation,  court  rulings,  and  public 
opinion  on  the  matter.  I  will  take  a  brief  look  at  recent  language  policy  in  Quebec;  discuss  attempts  to 
repeal  the  bilingual  education  act;  and  conclude  with  a  modest  proposal  designed  to  enlighten  the 
public  and  put  an  end  to  language  strife  in  the  US. 

Baxter,  David 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics,  UIUC 

Restrictions  on  Purpose  Infinitives 

21  November  1996 

I  will  present  an  account  of  the  conditions  under  which  the  infinitive  phrase  in  a  sentence  like 
(1)  can  be  interpreted  as  a  purpose  infinitive,  describing  a  purpose  for  which  an  entity  has  been  made 
available. 

1 .  Jack  brought  the  beans  home  to  plant  behind  his  house. 

Purpose  infinitives  are  a  syntactically  and  semantically  uniform  class  of  constructions.  They 
have  consistent  internal  and  external  syntax,  and  always  represent  the  same  kind  of  claim  about  the 
relation  between  the  situations  described  by  the  modified  phrase  and  the  infinitive  phrase. 

Despite  this  uniformity,  there  has  been  no  simple  and  accurate  statement  of  the  conditions 
under  which  sentences  with  purpose  infinitives  are  acceptable.  Attempts  to  describe  these  conditions 
in  terms  of  the  semantics  of  the  modified  phrase  fail  to  take  into  account  the  relation  between  the 
modified  phrase  situation  and  the  infinitive  phrase  situation.  Sentence  (2)  is  judged  bad  while  (1)  is 
judged  good,  not  because  of  the  semantics  of  the  modified  phrase,  which  is  identical,  but  because 
planting  the  beans  behind  his  house  is  considered  a  plausible  goal  of  Jack  bringing  the  beans  home, 
while  leaving  them  at  the  market  is  not. 


37 


2.  ?Jack  brought  the  beans  home  to  leave  at  the  market. 

In  fact,  this  is  all  that  needs  to  be  said.  Once  the  semantic  relation  that  a  purpose  infinitive 
represents  is  clearly  defined,  whether  one  can  get  a  purpose  interpretation  for  a  given  sentence  of  the 
form  VP  to  VP  in  a  given  context  depends  entirely  on  whether  one  believes  the  putative  purpose 
relation  to  be  plausible. 

I  will  define  explicitly  the  semantics  of  sentences  containing  purpose  infinitives  and 
demonstrate  how  the  observed  restrictions  on  such  sentences  follow  from  the  definition. 

Wilbur,  Ronnie 

Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Linguistics,  Purdue  University 

What  do  Brow  Raises  o  in  American  Sign  Language? 

5  December  1996. 

Non-manual  markers  are  known  to  provide  important  linguistic  information  in  a  number  of 
signed  languages.  Their  functions  include  lexical  identification,  adding  adverbial  information, 
showing  syntactic  (c-command)  domain,  marking  informational  focus,  among  others.  This  paper 
addresses  the  contribution  of  brow  raise  ('br')  to  the  myriad  of  structures  in  which  it  occurs  (topic,  left 
dislocation,  yes/no  question,  relative  clauses,  wh-clefts,  focused  negatives  and  modals,  conditional 
clauses,  contrastive  topicalization,  clefts,  and  the  focus  associate  of  focus  particles  'even'  and  'only'). 
Previous  reports  claimed  that  'br'  performs  a  pragmatic  function  by  indicating  that  information  is 
presupposed,  given,  or  otherwise  not  asserted.  However,  as  we  will  show,  this  explanation  cannot 
be  extended  to  all  the  data.  In  particular,  there  are  two  types  of  counterexamples:  (a)  'br'  on  structures 
that  are  new  or  asserted,  and  (b)  no  'br'  on  structures  that  are  clearly  old  and  presupposed. 
Syntactically,  'br'  is  associated  with  A-bar  positions.  Within  the  minimalist  framework,  they  can  be 
seen  as  marking  the  checking  domain  (not  the  c-command  domain)  of  [-wh]  operators;  they  are  the 
overt  morphology  of  those  operators.  Semantically,  brow  position  is  indicated  by  operator  type: 
raised  is  associated  with  [-wh],  furrowed  is  associated  with  [+wh],  and  neutral  is  associated  with  the 
absence  of  an  operator. 

World  premiere!  Data  will  be  presented  to  indicate  that  'br'  also  marks  the  abstract  generic 
operator  Gen  that  binds  subjects  of  individual-level  predicates  (cf.  Diesing  1992),  as  in  'A  lion 
(usually)  has  a  bushy  tail'  or  'Gold  is  a  precious  metal.' 

Iskarous,   Khalil 

Graduate  Student,  UIUC 

Formant  Transitions  in  Natural  Speech 

6  February  1997 

Synthetic  speech  studies  by  Liberman  et  al.  (1952,  1953)  in  the  early  fifties  established  that 
there  are  two  acoustic  cues  for  place  of  articulation  of  stops,  the  stop  burst  and  the  flanking  vowel 
formant  transitions.  But  in  the  sixties  and  seventies  a  number  of  prominent  phoneticians  who 
conducted  experiments  on  natural  speech  expressed  some  doubt  on  the  ability  of  formant  transitions  to 
discriminate  between  different  stops  (Lehiste  and  Peterson  1961;  Fant  1973).  Research  by  Kewely- 
Port  on  natural  speech  came  to  a  similar  conclusion  (Kewely-Port  1983).  She  found  that  for  some 
vowels,  the  formant  transitions  from  different  places  of  articulation  are  quite  different  and  do  not 
overlap,  and  therefore  have  high  discriminative  power.  For  other  vowels,  though,  the  transitions 
from  different  places  of  articulation  are  quite  similar  and  overlap  a  great  deal. 

In  this  talk  I  present  some  further  evidence  that  corroborates  Kewely-Port's  conclusions. 
Vowel  formant  transitions  for  3  vowels  /i/,  /a/,  and  /u/  each  following  labial  and  alveolar  stops  were 
pulled  out  of  a  600  speaker/6000  sentence  database  of  American  English  speech  (TIMIT),  and 
acoustically  analyzed.  Automatic  formant  tracking  was  performed  on  all  the  tokens  and  they  were  then 

38 


divided  into  categories  by  vowel  and  place  of  articulation.  For  each  token  the  onset  frequency  of  the 
second  formant  was  automatically  picked,  and  three  points  from  the  beginning  to  the  middle  of  the 
vowel  were  manually  picked  to  indicate  the  transition  slope.  Statistical  analysis  of  these  data  support 
the  view  that  formant  transitions  are  unlikely  to  have  a  high  discriminative  power. 

Miner,  Edward 

Graduate  Student,  UIUC 
Imploding  Communicative  Competence'  and  the  Speech  Comminity:  Data  from  Kampala,  Uganda 

27  February  1997 

This  paper  will  explore  the  notion  of  'discursive  practice'  as  it  has  emerged  from  a 
convergence  of  approaches  within  practice  theories  and  critical  discourse  analysis.  Both  traditions 
have  worked  toward  the  unpacking  and  critique  of  the  constructs  'communicative  competence'  and 
'speech  community'  as  they  are  currently  understood  in  mainstream  sociolinguistic  research.  While 
communicative  competence  is  generally  understood  as  knowledge  of  the  social  contexts  of  language 
variation,  at  issue  is  the  tendency  of  researchers  to  construe  such  knowledge  as  homogeneously  and 
evenly  distributed  through  'speech  communities.'  This  internal  homogenization  of  the  speech 
community  for  empirical  purposes  has  the  (unintended?)  effect  of  leveling  its  sociohistorical 
structuration  and  specificity.  Although  as  a  heuristic,  the  investigation  of  'communicative 
competence'  in  relation  to  'speech  community'  lends  itself  to  the  study  of  the  systematic  relations  of 
linguistic  form  to  linguistic  function,  these  concepts  are  fundamentally  normative  and  so  foreclose  on 
important  opportunities  to  develop  theory  about  how  life  trajectories  and  social  change  are 
interconnected  within  linguistic  activity. 

While  normative  models  sanitize  language,  use  of  its  messy  historicity,  the  key  move  of  both 
practice-based  approaches  and  critical  discourse  analysis  is  to  place  social  history  and  critique  at  the 
center  of  linguistic  inquiry.  Practice  theories  (Bourdieu  and  Passeron  1977;  Bourdieu  1991;  Collins 
1993)  rethink  communicative  competence  as  emergent,  historically-situated  social  knowledge: 
emergent,  because  sociohistorical  contexts  are  at  one  time  partially-constraining  and  open-ended. 
Collins  (1993)  notes  that  Bourdieu  describes  the  sociohistorical  conditioning  of  practice  in  terms  of  the 
interrelated  "concepts  of  capital  (accumulable  social-symbolic  resources),  field  (the  arenas  of  social  life 
and  struggle),  and  habitus  ("embodied  social  structures"  that  serve  as  organizing  principles)".  The 
pursuit  of  a  particular  form  of  capital  organizes  its  field,  and  the  internalization  (acquisition)  of  these 
principles  by  social  actors  is  the  formation  of  habitus.  Critical  discourse  analysis  (Fairclough  1992) 
has  shown  that  ideology  operates  in  discursive  practice  (social  practice  involving  language)  through 
interpretive  principles  (habitus)  that  impose  a  certain  sense  of  'coherence'  on  texts.  For  sociohistorical 
reasons,  however,  not  all  social  actors  within  the  same  'speech  community'  may  experience  the  same 
coherencies  in  texts,  which  means  that  these  individuals/groups  have  acquired  or  otherwise 
'developed'  differentiated  interpretive  schemas.  Fairclough  (1992)  argues:  "Such  moments  of  crisis 
can  make  visible  aspects  of  practices  which  might  normally  be  naturalized,  and  therefore  difficult  to 
notice;  but  they  also  show  change  in  process,  the  actual  ways  in  which  people  deal  with  the 
problematization  of  practices".  These  issues  will  be  explored  using  data  from  Kampala,  Uganda. 

Hock,  Hans  Henrich 

Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics 

Bring  the  Paper,  COMMA,  Boy  Or:  The  Joys  of  Prosody 

6  March  1997 

At  least  since  Chomsky  &  Halle  (1968),  linguists  have  been  aware  that  the  relationship 
between  syntax  and  phonology  may  be  indirect.  Phonological  phenomena  such  as  sandhi  and  phrasal 
accent  have  been  argued  to  require  an  intermediate  component  which  assigns  prosodic  structure  to  the 
output  of  the  syntax.  Important  milestones  toward  understanding  that  prosodic  component  include 
Selkirk  (1983,  1984)  and  Nespor  &  Vogel  (1986);  for  an  excellent  summary  see  Dresher  1994. 

39 


Several  recent  publications,  as  well  as  my  own  work  in  progress,  argue  that  a  number  of 
phenomena  commonly  considered  syntactic  are  in  fact  conditioned  by  prosody.  These  include 
Aissen's  (1992)  account  for  the  placement  of  the  Tzotzil  clitic  un,  Dresher's  (1994)  explanation  of 
Tiberian  Hebrew  accentuation,  Radanovic-Kocic's  prosodic  account  of  Serbo-Croatian  P2  clitic 
placement  (1988,  1996),  and  my  arguments  that  P2  clitic  placement  in  general  must  be  accounted  for 
prosodically  and  that  clitics  ontologically  are  prosodically  defined  and  owe  their  existence  to  the 
interaction  of  pragmatics  and  prosody. 

In  this  paper  I  present  a  number  of  cases  where,  I  believe,  a  prosodic  account  permits  better 
generalizations  than  a  purely  syntactic  one.  I  begin  with  a  brief  survey  of  work  that  has  already  been 
published.  This  includes  Hock  1991,  showing  that  the  Old  English  syntactic  rebracketing  of 
correlative  pronouns  (of  the  main  clause)  as  relative  pronouns  (in  the  relative  clause)  is  chronologically 
preceded  by  prosodic  rebracketing;  and  Hock  1996,  with  crosslinguistic  arguments  for  an  entirely 
prosodic  account  of  P2  clitics. 

The  main  part  of  my  paper  concerns  Vedic  Sanskrit  verb  accent.  The  well-known  general  rule 
is  as  follows:  Dependent-clause  (DC)  finite  verbs  are  accented;  main-clause  (DC)  finite  verbs  are 
unaccented,  unless  initial  in  their  clause.  (The  situation  is  more  complex  in  prefixed  verbs.) 

The  origin  of  Vedic  verb  accent  and  its  relation  to  the  "recessive"  accent  of  Ancient  Greek  finite 
verbs  have  received  a  variety  of  explanations.  Most  postulate  explanations  that  can  be  called 
"prosodic"  in  a  broad  sense,  but  they  draw  their  support  from  German  verb  accentuation  in 
intonational  phrases,  which  does  not  provide  a  plausible  basis  for  explaining  the  Vedic  situation. 

I  argue  for  an  explanation  in  terms  of  the  crosslinguistic  tendency  for  sentence-final  position  to 
be  characterized  by  falling  intonation  (see  most  recently  Herman  1995).  Becker  (1977)  shows  that  the 
incompatibility  of  lexical  high  tone  and  sentence-final  falling  intonation  tends  to  cause  high  tones  on 
utterance-final  syllables  to  "migrate  leftward,"  and  that  this  migration  may  be  extended  to  other 
contexts,  leading  to  "recessive"  word  accent.  Accent  retraction  can  also  take  place  in  larger  prosodic 
domains;  for  instance,  Grimes  1959  shows  that  sentence-final  constituents  in  Huichol  lose  their 
underlying  tones  and  instead  exhibit  the  tonal  properties  of  sentence  intonation. 

I  show  that  Modern  Farsi  exhibits  an  even  more  remarkble  interaction  between  intonation  and 
clause-final  verb  accentuation.  Significantly,  in  structures  with  DC  before  MC,  clause-final  verbs  are 
accented  in  the  DC,  but  MCs  exhibit  recessive  accent,  such  that  the  verb  tends  to  lose  its  accent 
altogether  if  another  accented  element  precedes  within  the  VP.  I  show  in  detail  that  if  a  similar 
distribution  obtained  in  late  or  dialectal  Proto-Indo-European,  it  is  possible  to  explain  both  the  nature 
of  Vedic  verb  accent  and  the  recessive  accent  of  Ancient  Greek  by  way  of  reinterpretations  and 
extensions,  that  is,  as  instances  of  "grammaticalization". 

Time  permitting  I  examine  the  consequences  of  prosodic  accounts  of  the  type  outlined  above 
for  theories  about  the  "architecture"  of  the  grammar.  To  mention  only  two  of  these:  If  clitics  owe 
their  origin  to  an  interaction  between  pragmatics  and  prosody,  without  mediation  by  the  syntax,  this 
challenges  the  common  view  that  the  pragmatic/semantic  and  phonological  components  cannot  "talk" 
to  each  other  directly  (on  this  matter  see  also  Woodbury  1987).  If  prosody  accounts  for  clitic 
placement  (even  in  a  rather  limited  way,  under  Halpern's  more  restrictive  view),  this  challenges  the 
common  view  that  word  order  can  only  be  accounted  for  in  the  syntax. 


40 


Morgan,  Jerry  L. 

Professor  and  Head,  Department  of  Linguistics 
GASPAR:  A  Research  Project  in  Applied  Computational  Linguistics 

13  March  1997 

This  talk  reports  work  in  progress  on  a  five-year  research  project  whose  goal  is  to  lay  a 
foundation  for  human-computer  interfaces  that  combine  speech  and  gesture  in  a  natural  way.  The  first 
part  of  the  talk  will  describe  the  Federated  Laboratory  research  consortium  under  whose  auspices  the 
research  is  being  conducted.  The  second  section  will  describe  the  goals  of  the  speech-gesture  project 
and  outline  our  progress  to  date,  focusing  on  the  initial  stage  of  linguistic  engineering  (grammar 
development,  speech  recognizer  construction)  and  on  current  experimental  work  on  the  timing 
relations  between  speech  and  gesture. 

Rhee,   Seok-Chae 

Linguistics  Graduate  Student,  UIUC 
Release  vs.  Non-Release  in  Phonology:  Comparison  Between  Hindi  and  Korean 

20  March  1997 

In  this  paper  I  argue  that  some  of  the  differences  in  the  consonantal  phonology  of  Hindi  and 
Korean  are  direct  consequences  of  a  constraint  governing  the  release  of  stops.  The  relevant 
differences  are  summarized  below: 

Hindi  (Kostic.  Mitter  &  Rastogi  1975)  Korean  (K-H.  Kim  1987) 

a)  No  Laryngeal  Neutralization  a')    Laryngeal  Neutralization 
(t,  th,  d,  dh  are  possible  in  the  coda)  (only  voiceless  unaspirated 
sa:t  'seven',  so:/1  'with',  su:d  'interest'  stops  are  possible  in  the  coda) 

sa:ct  'desire'  aph  'front'  -»  ap,pak'  'outside'  -» pak 

b)  No  Place  Assimilation  in  CC  b')   Place  Assimilation  in  CC 

(t,k  -*  t.k,  *k.k)  gatka  'a  type  of  club'  (t.k  -*  k.k)      kutkan  'steady  -*  kukkan 

c)  No  Nasal  Assimilation  in  CN  c')    Nasal  Assimilation  in  CN 

(p.n  -*  p.n,  *m.n)  ma:pni  'a  scale'  (p.m  -*  m.m)  ip-man  'mouth  only'  -*  imman 

A  question  that  immediately  arises  is  why  Hindi  and  Korean  consistently  differ  with  regard  to 
laryngeal  neutralization,  place  assimilation  and  nasal  assimilation.  A  satisfactory  account  of  the 
differences  between  the  two  languages  hinges  on  the  release  or  non-release  of  final  stops. 

Assuming  that  release  of  a  stop  plays  an  important  role  in  phonology  (Steriade  1992,  1993, 
1994,  Padgett  1995),  my  analysis  builds  on  the  observation  that  a  coda  stop  is  released  in  Hindi 
whereas  it  is  strictly  unreleased  in  Korean.  Under  the  framework  of  Optimality  Theory  (Prince  & 
Smolensky  1993,  McCarthy  &  Prince  1995),  the  non-release  of  a  coda  stop  in  Korean  is  accounted 
for  by  ranking  CODACOND  -which  requires  that  a  coda  end  with  A0~  as  inviolable,  outranking 
iDENT(Apr)  (Apr:  Aperture  mode).  In  contrast,  release  of  a  final  stop  in  Hindi  is  captured  by  a 
ranking  whereby  iDENT(Apr)  dominates  CODACOND.  Since  CODACOND  is  never  violated  in  Korean, 
occurrences  of  A^  are  disallowed  in  the  coda  position.  Therefore,  [sg]  and  [eg]  aligned  with  A^ 
cannot  survive  in  the  coda.  This  is  why  laryngeal  neutralization  occurs  in  Korean.  However,  in 
Hindi,  dominance  of  iDENT(Apr)  over  CODACOND  makes  it  possible  for  A^  to  occur  in  the  coda 
position,  allowing  [sg]  to  appear  in  the  coda.  Even  though  [voice]  in  Hindi  is  aligned  with  closure 
(i.e.,  A0),  I  claim  that  it  is  directly  licensed  by  release.  Regarding  the  differences  in  place  and  nasal 
assimilation,  I  show  that  they  are  basically,  again,  due  to  the  different  rankings  governing  release. 
The  idea  is  that  stop  release  blocks  assimilation.  I  demonstrate  how  the  idea  is  formally  expressed  in 
OT  phonology. 

41 


An  implication  of  this  study  is  that  release  directly  affects  the  sound  patterns  previously 
claimed  to  be  prosody-sensitive  such  as  laryngeal  neutralization  and  directionality  of  place 
assimilation.  Release  plays  a  role  in  the  account  of  why  a  stop  in  release  position  (typically  syllable 
onset)  is  more  resistant  to  phonological  alternations.  This  study  incorporates  release  into  the 
phonology;  it  claims  that  prosody-sensitive  faithfulness  (Lombardi  1995a,  b,  Beckman  1997)  ~  which 
is  only  an  indirect  way  of  capturing  these  facts  ~  can  be  replaced  by  release-sensitive  faithfulness  ~ 
which  provides  a  phonetically  grounded  account  of  why  released  stops  are  faithful  to  their  input 
features. 

Lowenberg,  Peter 

Visiting  Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics,  UIUC 
Linguistic  Competence,  Language  Pragmatics,  and  Testing  World  Englishes 

3  April  1997 

According  to  the  British  Council,  of  the  more  than  700  million  people  around  the  world  who 
currently  use  English  on  a  daily  basis,  by  far  the  majority  are  multilingual,  non-native  speakers  of 
English  who  use  English  primarily  with  other  multilingual,  non-native  speakers  of  English. 
However,  in  contemporary  approaches  to  English  language  teaching  and  testing,  an  implicit  (and 
frequently  explicit)  assumption  continues  to  be  that  the  norms  for  Standard  English  which  are 
followed  around  the  world  are  limited  to  those  which  are  accepted  and  used  by  educated  native 
speakers  of  English. 

This  paper  challenges  that  assumption  on  the  basis  of  data  from  domains  of  Standard  English 
in  the  "non-native"  varieties  of  English,  which  have  developed  in  many  countries  formerly  colonized 
by  Britain  or  the  United  States,  including  Nigeria,  Kenya,  India,  Malaysia,  Singapore,  and  the 
Philippines.  In  these  countries,  English  is  used  daily  as  a  second  language  in  a  broad  range  of  official 
and  professional  domains  of  Standard  English,  including  government,  the  legal  system,  business,  the 
mass  media,  and  as  a  medium  of  instruction  in  education. 

Analysis  of  these  data  from  non-native  varieties  reveals  systematic  divergences  in  these 
varieties  from  features  in  the  predominantly  monolingual  "native-speaker"  varieties  of  English,  such  as 
British,  American,  and  Australian  English.  These  divergences  occur  at  all  linguistic  levels.  At  the 
levels  of  morphology  and  syntax,  many  features  in  non-native  varieties  differ  from  the  native-speaker 
varieties  in  the  same  ways  that  divergences  occur  across  the  native-speaker  varieties  (e.g.,  count/non- 
count  distinctions  in  nouns,  prepositional  collocations,  and  phrasal  verbs).  At  the  levels  of 
pragmatics,  style,  and  discourse,  many  strategies  and  conventions  in  non-native  varieties  are 
transferred  from  their  multilingual  users'  other  languages.  Attitudinal  research  and  frequency  of  use 
indicate  that  many  of  these  features  are  so  widespread  and  stable  that  they  can  be  considered  to  be  de- 
facto  norms  for  Standard  English  usage  in  one  or  more  non-native  varieties. 

In  light  of  this  evidence,  norms  of  Standard  English  can  be  seen  to  vary  between  native- 
speaker  and  non-native  norms,  depending  primarily  on  the  usage  of  educated  English  speakers  in  each 
speech  community  where  English  is  used  for  official  and  professional  purposes. 

A  major  implication  of  this  research  for  language  testing  is  illustrated  by  examining  selected 
items  from  high  stakes  tests  which  claim  to  assess  multilinguals'  proficiency  in  Standard  English  as  a 
world  language,  such  as  those  developed  by  the  Educational  Testing  Service.  The  correct  answers  to 
these  test  items,  though  in  accord  with  norms  of  the  native-speaker  varieties,  violate  norms  for 
Standard  English  in  one  or  more  non-native  varieties  which  have  been  described  to  date.  These  items 
are  thus  invalid  as  measures  of  proficiency  in  English  as  a  world  language,  and  the  overall  validity  of 
the  tests  in  which  they  appear  must  therefore  be  questioned. 


42 


Pagliuca,  William 

Visiting  Scholar,  Department  of  Linguistics,  UIUC 
Expression-Specific  Phonetic  Detail  in  Synchrony  and  Diachrony 

17  April  1997 

Close  attention  to  the  phonetic  form  of  lexical  material  within  a  given  dialect  can  sometimes 
reveal,  in  addition  to  the  expected  variation,  phonetic  detail  of  different  sorts,  some  of  the  subtleties  of 
which  exceed  the  representational  limits  of  our  transcriptional  tools.  If  the  distribution  of  variants  and 
detail  were  either  completely  predictable  from  what  we  take  to  be  phonological  and  phonetic  context  or 
entirely  random,  then  it  would  be  of  little  or  no  interest  to  us.  But  there  are  indications  that  at  least 
some  kinds  of  detail,  both  finely-  and  not-so-finely-graded,  as  well  as  susceptibility  to  alteration  by 
phonetic  processes,  are  neither  uniformly  nor  randomly  distributed  over  all  the  lexical  items  satisfying 
a  given  structural  description.  Moreover,  the  phonetic  differences  involved  seem  to  be  controllable  by 
individuals  and  preserved  in  the  generational  transmission  of  geographical  and  social  dialects.  That 
is,  as  is  true  of  items  in  the  vanguard  of  changes-in-progress,  they  are  not  subject  to  being  leveled  out 
or  regularized  away. 

Among  the  most  familiar  sorts  of  stretches  of  form  displaying  behaviors  of  this  type  are 
greetings  and  other  formulaic  expressions  and  grammaticalized  or  grammaticalizing  material,  in  which 
both  phonetic  and  semantic  differentiation  from  the  original  forms  and  meanings  are  obvious.  The 
underlying  reason  for  the  differentiation  may  be  characterized  as  a  continuous  and  gradual  evolution  of 
form  in  individual  heavily-used  stretches  of  linguistic  material.  Greetings  and  like  expressions  may 
be  viewed  as  located  at  one  extreme  of  a  continuum  of  use,  at  the  other  end  of  which  reside  regular  but 
infrequently  recruited  or  otherwise  non-core  lexical  items.  One  relevant  question,  then,  is:  For  how 
much  more  of  a  language's  stock  of  lexical  material  can  we  expect  to  find  evidence  for  use-based 
differentials  and  resulting  specificity  of  form?  If  it  turns  out,  for  instance,  that  speakers  have  control 
of  systematic  differences  at  the  level  of  individual  expressions  where  none  are  predicted  (as  when 
segmental  and  other  environmental  context  is  identical  or  nearly  so)  then  we  might  want  to  re-evaluate 
the  assumption  that  phonological  and  phonetic  form  are  in  principle  fully  describable  in  terms  of 
standardized  or  categorical  units  plus  sets  of  mapping  statements  specifying  surface  phonetic  form. 

Records  of  systematic  observation,  such  as  the  close  transcriptions  typical  of  certain  traditions 
of  dialect  description  (e.g.  The  Survey  of  English  Dialects),  provide  us  with  useful  information 
relevant  to  issues  such  as  these,  as  do  the  results  of  some  instrumental  phonetic  research.  I  will  try  to 
show  some  of  the  respects  in  which  descriptive  and  theoretical  access  to  relatively  elementary  and 
accessible  sorts  of  detail  can  be  crucial  in  understanding  certain  types  of  diachronic  events  and, 
moreover,  of  some  value  in  guiding  the  choices  of  questions  to  ask  in  subsequent  instrumental 
research.  I  will  also  argue  that  speakers'  control  of  specificity  and  detail  suggests  that  the  link 
between  the  perceptual  and  motor  systems  is  far  more  subtle  and  efficient  than  is  generally  appreciated 
and  that  certain  species  of  arguments  related  to  Ohala's  well-known  position  that  misperception  drives 
sound  change  seem  not  to  be  in  accord  with  available  evidence. 

Kutryb,  Carol 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics,  UIUC 

Differences  between  Full  and  Reduced  Relative  Clauses 

24  April  1997 

Reduced  relative  clauses  are  frequently  used  in  psycholinguistic  studies  of  ambiguity 
resolution  because  of  their  temporary  structural  ambiguity.  However,  such  studies  use  full  relative 
clauses  as  their  unambiguous  control  condition  and  make  two  implicit  assumption:  First,  because  they 
are  ambiguous,  reduced  relative  clauses  are  assumed  to  be  more  difficult  to  process  than  full  relative 


43 


clauses.  Second,  full  and  reduced  relative  clauses  are  assumed  to  be  identical  in  every  way  except  for 
the  presence  or  absence  of  ambiguity,  so  that  any  differences  between  them  are  attributed  solely  to  the 
difficulty  in  resolving  the  ambiguity  in  reduced  clauses. 

In  this  talk,  I  will  present  evidence  from  several  studies  casting  doubt  on  both  of  these 
assumptions.  First,  a  study  of  naturally  occurring  full  and  reduced  relative  clauses  will  show  that 
reduced  clauses,  which  are  assumed  to  be  more  difficult,  are  actually  much  more  common  than  full 
clauses.  Second,  a  series  of  experiments  using  memory  as  a  measure  of  pragmatic  prominence  will 
show  that  there  are  memory/prominence  differences  between  full  and  reduced  relative  clauses, 
independent  of  the  structural  ambiguity  in  reduced  clauses. 

You,   Yu-Ling 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics,  UIUC 
Defining  Topic  Continuity  for  Recovery  Chinese  Zero  Anaphora 

1  May  1997 

There  is  abundant  use  of  zero  anaphora  in  Chinese  discourse,  both  written  and  spoken.  The 
use  of  zero  anaphora,  then,  gives  rise  to  the  question:  "How  language  users  understand  the  referent?" 

Most  of  the  previous  literature  on  Chinese  zero  anaphora  focuses  on  the  choice  among  zero 
anaphora,  pronouns,  and  full  noun  phrases  (Chen  1984,  1986,  Givon  1983,  Li  and  Thompson  1979, 
1981,  and  Pu  1989).  The  distance  and  the  potential  interference(s)  between  a  zero  anaphora  and  its 
referent  are  examined,  and  the  conclusions  reached  by  earlier  researchers  can  be  summarized  as 
follows:  the  more  predictable  the  referent  is,  the  more  possible  for  an  entity  to  be  expressed  by  zero 
anaphora.  Despite  the  fact  that  pragmatic  information  is  necessary  in  interpreting  zero  anaphora, 
Cheng  (1988,  1990)  and  Lee  (1990)  attempt  to  recover  the  referent  of  zero  anaphora  by  using  other 
information  available  in  texts.  The  current  study  is  based  on  Cheng's  Topic  Continuity  and  recovery 
rules,  but  is  distinct  from  Cheng's  and  Lee's  in  that,  first,  the  use  of  full  noun  phrases  under  certain 
conditions  is  adopted  to  indicate  the  scope  of  Topic  Continuity  in  addition  to  the  definition,  i.e.,  Topic 
Continuity  is  a  sequence  of  clauses  which  share  the  same  discourse  topic,  which  is  given  by  Cheng 
and  Lee.  Second,  the  recovery  principles  set  up  in  the  current  study  aim  to  interpret  the  zero  anaphora 
which  are  present  anywhere  in  a  clause  instead  of  focusing  only  on  subject  zero  entity  as  does  Lee. 
Third,  the  recovery  principles  proposed  here  are  derived  from  and  tested  against  about  1,000  Topic 
Continuities  taken  from  Hongloumeng  (Dream  of  the  Red  Mansions)  in  contrast  with  the  limited 
number  of  data  also  taken  from  Hongloumeng  examined  by  Lee. 

This  talk  will  first  discuss  the  reason  why  the  occurrence  of  full  noun  phrases  can  be  used  to 
indicate  the  change  of  topic,  i.e.,  the  scope  of  Topic  Continuity.  After  examining  300  of  the  1,000 
Topic  Continuities,  tentative  recovery  principles  are  established,  which  can  predict  the  referent  of  zero 
anaphora  in  combination  with  Keenan's  Accessibility  Hierarchy,  backward/forward  linking  and  scope 
of  connectives,  the  notion  of  saliency  and  semantic  properties  of  predicates.  This  talk  will  then 
explain  and  present  examples  to  show  how  Accessibility  Hierarchy  and  the  notion  of  saliency  are 
applied  in  recovery  process,  and  the  importance  of  linking  function  and  scope  of  connectives  and 
semantic  cues  provided  by  predicates  which  are  available  in  texts  in  recovering  the  intended  referent  of 
zero  anaphora. 


44 


Mack,  Molly 

Associate  Professor,  English  as  an  International  Language,  UIUC 

Crossing  Paths  in  Perceptual  Space:  Vowel  Discrimination  and  Identification  Among  English 

Monolinguals  and  Early  Korean-English  Bilinguals 

8  May  1997 

The  present  study  was  undertaken  to  determine  whether  or  not  there  are  significant  age-related 
effects  in  the  processing  of  vowel  continua  among  early  Korean-English  bilinguals.  Computer- 
synthesized  /i-I/  and  /u-U/  vowel  continua  were  presented  in  tests  of  discrimination  and  identification 
to  three  adult  subject  groups—English  monolinguals,  Korean-English  bilinguals  whose  age  of 
exposure  to  English  began  between  birth  and  three  years  of  age,  and  Korean-English  bilinguals  whose 
age  of  exposure  to  English  began  between  four  and  seven  years  of  age.  Based  upon  previous  research 
(Mack,  1989,  1990;  Mack  et  al.,  1995)  it  was  hypothesized  that  even  very  early  exposure  to  English 
would  result  in  differences  among  these  groups  in  their  responses  to  the  vowel  stimuli  due,  at  least  in 
part,  to  the  fact  that  English— but  not  Korean— has  phonemic  /i-I/  and  /u-U/  contrasts.  Results  revealed 
some  systematic  differences  in  the  subjects'  responses,  and  these  findings  are  interpreted  in  view  of 
Flege's  Speech  Learning  Model  (1995).  In  addition,  possible  implications  for  the  existence  of  a 
critical  (or  sensitive)  period  for  the  acquisition  of  L2  contrasts  are  discussed.  Finally,  the  organization 
of  the  phonological  system  in  "the  bilingual  brain"  is  considered. 

Linguistics  Club 

The  Linguistics  Club  serves  as  a  forum  to  which  established  scholars  are  invited.  Since  the 
last  issue  of  the  Newsletter,  the  following  papers  have  been  presented.  (Inquiries  about  and  requests 
for  available  copies  should  be  directed  to  the  authors.) 

Levin,  Beth 

Northwestern  University 
Two  Ways  to  a  Goal:  On  the  Expression  of  Motion  in  English 

10  April  1997 

English  has  two  ways  of  expressing  motion  events  involving  both  a  manner  and  a  goal  of 
motion.  As  frequently  noted  in  discussions  of  lexical  aspect  and  unaccusativity,  a  manner  of  motion 
verb  can  take  a  goal  phrase  directly  (Tracy  limped  up  to  the  ticket  booth).  Alternatively,  the  goal 
phrase  can  be  introduced  via  a  construction  that  has  received  substantial  attention  recently,  the  way 
construction  (Tracy  limped  her  way  up  to  the  ticket  booth).  An  examination  of  the  syntax  of  these  two 
constructions  shows  that  in  one  the  verb  has  the  unaccusative  classification  typical  of  telic  verbs,  while 
in  the  other  it  has  the  unergative  classification  typical  of  atelic  verbs  (including  verbs  of  manner  of 
motion  when  they  don't  take  directional  phrases).  Drawing  on  these  observations,  it  will  be  argued 
that  these  two  expressions  of  motion  events  with  goals  reflect  different  conceptualizations  of  such 
events.  Finally,  the  analysis  will  be  used  to  explain  a  number  of  observations  in  the  literature 
concerning  the  distribution  and  interpretation  of  the  {\it  way}  construction  with  verbs  of  motion. 

Goldberg,   Adele 

University  of  California,  San  Diego 

On  the  Need  to  Recognize  Constructions, 

31  May  1996 

Basic  sentence  patterns  of  a  language  are  generally  taken  to  be  determined  by  semantic  or 
syntactic  information  specified  by  the  main  verb  in  the  sentence.  Thus,  the  sentence  patterns  given  in 
(1)  and  (2)  appear  to  be  determined  by  the  specifications  of  give  and  put  respectively: 


45 


1.  Chris  GAVE  Pat  a  ball. 

2.  Pat  PUT  the  ball  on  the  table. 

In  this  talk  I  will  argue  that  while  (1)  and  (2)  represent  perhaps  the  prototypical  case,  sentence 
patterns  of  a  language  are  not  reliably  determined  by  independent  specifications  of  the  main  verb.  For 
example,  it  is  implausible  to  claim  that  sneeze  has  a  three  argument  sense  in  (3): 

3.  Pat  SNEEZED  the  foam  off  the  cappuccino. 

The  following  attested  examples  similarly  involve  sentential  patterns  that  do  not  seem  to  be 
determined  by  independent  specification  of  the  main  verb: 

4.  "My  father  FROWNED  away  the  compliment." 

5.  "We  LAUGHED  our  conversation  to  an  end." 

6.  "Pauline  SMILED  her  thanks." 

7.  "The  Miami  quarterback  was  BOO-ED  to  the  bench." 

It  is  argued,  on  the  basis  of  linguistic  and  psycholinguistic  evidence,  that  lexically  unfilled 
phrasal  constructions  exist  and  contribute  significantly  to  the  overall  semantic  interpretation.  Specific 
ways  that  verbs  may  be  related  to  constructions,  and  a  way  to  capture  linking  generalizations  across 
constructions  are  also  discussed. 

It  is  suggested  that  the  recognition  of  phrasal  constructions  corresponding  to  basic  sentence 
patterns  leads  one  toward  a  view  of  grammar  in  which  the  construction  (or  sign):  any  non-predictable 
form-meaning  pairing,  plays  a  central  role. 

Geis,  Mike 

Professor  Emeritus,  Department  of  Linguistics,  The  Ohio  State  University 
Conversational  Implicature  in  a  Plan-Based  Theory  of  Pragmatics 

8  November  1996 

There  exists  no  pragmatic  theory.  Rather,  we  have  separate  theories  of  such  phenomena  as 
conversational  implicature,  speech  acts,  presuppositions,  deixis,  etc.  In  this  paper,  I  advance  the 
notion  that  there  can  be  a  unified  theory  of  pragmatics  capable  of  accounting  for  each  of  the  above 
phenomena. 

At  the  heart  of  Grice's  theory  of  conversational  implicature  is  his  Cooperative  Principle:  make 
your  conversational  contribution  such  that  it  furthers  the  purpose  of  the  talk  exchange.  This  principle 
sets  out  the  notion  of  a  purpose  as  central  to  the  account  of  implicature.  However,  instead  of 
providing  a  systematic  theory  of  how  the  utterances  of  conversations  are  related  to  the  purposes  of 
conversations,  Grice  gave  us  maxims  for  cooperative  behavior,  and,  as  a  result,  most  of  the  focus  of 
the  theory  of  implicature  has  been  on  the  maxims,  not  on  how  what  we  say  is  specifically  related  to 
our  goals. 

In  this  paper,  I  propose  a  plan-based  theory  of  pragmatics  that  has  its  origins  in  artificial 
intelligence  research  into  natural  language  processing.  Suppose  that  I  am  in  a  restaurant  eating  with 
friends  and  come  to  desire  to  go  home.  In  such  a  circumstance,  I  could  choose  from  a  number  of 
DOMAIN  PLANS  that  would  have  as  their  goal  my  being  at  my  home.  I  could  walk  home.  I  might 
drive  myself  home.  I  might  employ  a  taxi.  Or,  I  might  bum  a  ride  from  one  of  my  dining  partners. 
Obviously,  certain  conditions  would  have  to  be  satisfied  before  I  could  reasonably  employ  any  one  of 
these  plans.  Thus,  I  could  drive  myself  home  only  if  I  have  a  car  or  am  willing  to  steal  one. 
Associated  with  some  plans,  no  talk  would  be  required.  Thus,  my  walking  home  or  driving  myself 
home  would  not  require  engaging  with  anyone  in  talk.  However,  if  I  am  to  employ  a  taxi  to  get  home 

46 


or  get  one  of  my  dining  partners  to  drive  me  home,  I  must  engage  in  talk  with  someone  —  a  dispatcher 
and  taxi  driver  in  the  one  case  and  a  dining  partner  in  the  other.  In  these  cases  I  must  employ  some 
CONVERSATIONAL  PLAN  that  has  as  its  goal  the  obtaining  of  a  commitment  from  someone  to 
drive  me  home.  And,  as  in  the  case  of  domain  plans,  any  given  conversational  plan  will  be  subject  to 
certain  conditions  if  its  goals  is  to  be  achieved. 

Associated  with  each  conversational  plan  (see  my  "Speech  Acts  and  Conversational 
Interaction,"  CUP,  1995),  is  an  initial  state,  the  state  from  which  the  plan  is  launched,  a  set  of 
intended  transactional  (think  of  Searle's  Essential  Condition  here)  and  interactional  (think  of  Brown 
and  Levinson's  theory  of  face  work  here)  effects,  a  set  of  conditions  that  must  be  satisfied  before 
these  effects  can  obtain,  and  a  domain  that  consists  of  a  set  of  predicates  spelling  out  (very  roughly) 
who  is  to  do  what,  when,  where,  and  how. 

In  this  paper,  I  provide  a  sketch  of  how  utterances  can  be  mapped  into  the  elements  of 
conversational  plans  and  of  how  certain  sorts  of  implicatures  arise  therefrom.  My  main  claim  is  that 
substantial  implicature-drawing  does  not  involve  "calculation"  in  Grice's  sense  of  the  term,  but  are 
drawn  quite  automatically.  Thus,  if  a  friend  comes  up  to  you  at  5:00  p.m.  some  work  day  and  says, 
"Do  you  have  your  car?"),  you  will  (given  certain  contextual  presuppositions)  infer  that  this  friend 
desires  a  ride  home  (the  initial  state  of  a  ride  request)  for  this  utterance  instantiates  a  precondition 
specific  to  the  ability  condition  of  ride  requests  (among  several  other  types  of  conversational  plan)  and 
that  he  or  she  means  to  be  asking  you  whether  you  are  able  to  provide  this  ride.  One  of  the  payoffs  to 
adopting  a  plan-based  theory  of  pragmatics  of  this  sort  is  that  it  enables  one  to  account  correctly  for  the 
infamous  case  of  "invited  inference"  put  forth  by  Arnold  Zwicky  and  me  involving  the  sentence,  "I'll 
give  you  $5  if  you  mow  the  lawn." 

Raskin,  Victor 

Professor,  Interdepartmental  Program  in  Linguistics,  Purdue  University 

Humor  and  Computation! 
11  November  1996 

This  paper  belongs  in  the  series  of  publications  exploring  the  possibilities  of  humor 
computation  in  general  and  of  computer  implementations  of  the  general  theory  of  verbal  humor,  the 
revised  and  extended  script-based  semantic  theory  of  humor,  in  particular.  After  answering  (sort  of) 
the  question  why  humor  should  be  computed  in  the  first  place,  the  (full)  paper  focuses  on  three  major 
issues.  First,  a  full-fledged  theory  of  humor  is  postulated  and  explored  as  the  necessary  foundation 
for  defining  and  underlying  the  overall  architecture  as  well  as  the  static  and  dynamic  resources  of  any 
computational  system  for  humor  analysis  and/or  generation.  Second,  the  goals  of  humor  computation 
and  its  implementation,  ranging  from  the  "bag  of  tricks"  approach  to  full  understanding,  are 
discussed.  Third,  the  ontological  semantic  approach  to  machine  translation  is  examined  from  the  point 
of  view  of  the  suitability  and  adaptability  of  its  lexical  resources  for  computing  humor.  The  three 
issues  may  appear  intimately  connected  to  each  other  only  in  the  author's  twisted  mind. 

The  full  paper  can  be  accessed  as  a  PostScript  file  (twentel-ascii.ps  or  twentel-bin.ps-either 
should  print  out  nicely  on  any  PostScript  printer)  or  a  binhexed  Macintosh  FrameMaker  5.1  file 
(twentel.hqx)  on  nlplab@rvl3.ecn.purdue.edu,  password  =  natural.  The  actual  presentation  may  not 
cover  the  entire  contents  of  the  paper  and  may,  in  fact,  drift  away  from  it  significantly.  The  full  paper 
is  intended  as  an  optional  background  and  is  not  essential  for  understanding  the  talk.  On  the  other 
hand,  feel  free  to  ask  the  speaker  (vraskin@purdue.edu)  for  more  background  material  online. 


47 


Pollard,  Carl 

Associate  Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics,  The  Ohio  State  University 

Argument  Structure  and  Case  in  French  Causatives 

25  April  1997 

In  this  talk  I  present  ongoing  work  with  Mike  Calcagno  on  the  structure  of  FAIRE-causatives 
in  French.  Our  account  shares  with  earlier  HPSG  accounts  (such  as  those  of  Bratt  1990,  and  of 
Abeille,  Godard,  and  Miller  1995)  a  reliance  on  the  technique  of  ARGUMENT  ATTRACTION 
introduced  by  Hinrichs  and  Nakazawa  in  their  study  of  German.  However,  unlike  these  earlier 
accounts,  our  analysis  accounts  for  a  number  of  puzzling  differences  between  "structural"  causatives 
(where  the  causee  surfaces  as  either  an  accusative  or  a  dative)  and  those  constructions  where  the 
causee  shows  up  as  an  optional  PAR-phrase. 

Puzzle  One.  FAIRE-PAR  causatives  (but  not  structural  FAIRE-causatives,  resemble  passives 
in  certain  respects: 

Safamille  a  casse  la  croute. 

*La  croute  a  ete  casse  par  sa  famille. 

*I1  a  fait  casser  la  croute  par  sa  famille. 

Jean  levera  la  main. 

*La  main  sera  levee  par  Jean. 

*Elle  fera  lever  la  main  par  Jean. 

Jean  quittera  ma  maison  demain. 

*Ma  maison  sera  quittee  par  Jean  demain. 

*Je  ferai  quitter  ma  maison  par  Jean  demain. 


Puzzle  Two. 
reflexivization: 


FAIRE-PAR  causatives  and  structural  FAIRE-causatives  differ  with  respect  to 


*Jean  s'est  fait  pincer  a  Marie. 

Jean  s'est  fait  pincer  (par  Marie),  [reflexive  patient] 

Jean  s'est  fair  rire.  [reflexive  causee] 

Jean  a  fait  se  pincer  Marie,  [reflexive  patient] 

Jean  l'a  fait  se  pincer.  [reflexive  patient] 

*  Jean  lui  a  fait  se  pincer. } 

Puzzle  Three:  Realization  of  causee  is  obligatory  if  the  "downstairs"  verb  is  unaccusative: 

Ce  medicament  fait  dormir. 

II  faut  laisser  parler. 

*Ca  fait  arriver  en  retard. 

Dieu  fera  apparaitre  *(la  Sainte  Vierge). 

The  proposed  account  draws  on  an  independently  motivated  analysis  of  (the  syntactic 
correlates  of)  unaccusativity  originally  proposed  by  Pollard  (1994)  for  German,  and  on  a  new  analysis 
of  case  which  distinguishes  between  abstract  case  (ACASE)  and  realized  case  (RCASE). 


48 


Co-Sponsored  Events 

Each  year  the  Department  of  Linguistics  cooperates  with  other  departments  to  bring  noted 
speakers  to  the  Campus.  This  year  the  Department  co-sponsored  the  following  Speakers: 

African  Studies  Conference 

2nd  Annual  Midwest  Graduate  Student  Conference  in  African  Studies 
28  February  -  2  March  1996 

Coleman,  John 

Director  of  Phonetic  Lab  at  Oxford  University 
1-3  July  1996 

Soyinka,   Wole 

Nobel  Laureate  for  Literature,  1986 

Playwright  and  Human  Rights  Activist,  Nigeria 

Human  Rights:  First  Casualty  of  Revisionism,  MillerComm 

3  April  1997 

SLATE  (various  lectures) 

Heath, Shirley 

Professor  of  English  and  Linguistics  at  Stanford  University 

MillerComm 
21  April  1997 

Yehoshua,  A.B. 

Israeli  novelist 
23  April  1997 

LINGUISTIC  STUDENT  ORGANIZATION  (LSO) 

The  Linguistics  Student  Organization  (LSO)  consists  of  all  students  in  the  Department  of 
Linguistics  and  is  represented  and  coordinated  by  the  Student  Advisory  Panel.  Its  major  activities  are 
organizing  the  Linguistics  Club,  advocating  for  student  interests,  developing  a  sense  of  community 
within  the  department,  and  funding  "Colorless  Green  Newsflashes." 

During  the  1993-94  academic  year  LSO  brought  the  speakers  whose  abstracts  are  printed 
under  the  Linguistics  Club.  LSO's  bake  sales,  sales  of  Department  of  Linguistics  T-shirts  and 
sweatshirts,  support  from  SORE,  and  the  co-sponsorship  of  several  departments,  have  made  the 
Linguistics  Club  a  continued  success. 

DEPARTMENTAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Linguistics  Weekly  (News  and  Notes  from  the  Department)  is  distributed  each  Friday, 
keeping  faculty  and  students  of  the  department  informed  of  upcoming  meetings,  seminars,  lectures, 
important  deadlines,  Ph.D.  defenses,  and  announcements  of  interest  and/or  concern  to  the 
department.  Professor  Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Head,  is  the  editor,  assisted  by  Tassilo  Homolatsch. 


49 


Graduate  Study  is  a  guide  to  graduate  courses,  programs,  and  degree  requirements  in  the 
Department  of  Linguistics  at  UIUC.  It  is  distributed  to  all  applicants  for  admission  to  graduate  study 
in  the  Department. 

Undergraduate  Study  currently  being  developed,  is  a  guide  to  undergraduate  courses, 
programs,  and  degree  requirements  of  the  Department  of  Linguistics  at  UIUC.  It  will  be  distributed  to 
students  interested  in  becoming  undergraduate  majors  in  the  Department. 

The  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  is  a  journal  intended  as  a  forum  for  the  pre- 
sentation of  the  latest  research  by  faculty  and  students  of  the  Department.  Papers  by  scholars  not 
associated  with  the  University  of  Illinois  are  also  considered  for  publication.  The  journal  devotes  one 
issue  each  year  to  specialized  topics.  The  general  editor  is  Elmer  H.  Antonsen,  and  the  review  editor 
is  James  Yoon.  (See  the  last  page  of  this  Newsletter  for  a  listing  of  our  available  issues  and  an  order 
blank  to  be  copied  at  your  convenience. 


50 


ORDER  FORM 

Studies    in    the   Linguistic    Sciences 

University  of  Illinois  -  Department  of  Linguistics 

4088  FLB,  707  South  Mathews  Avenue 

Urbana,  IL  61801 

Please  fill  out  this  form  and  return  it  with  the  correct  payment  plus    postage. 


Please   send   me   the  following  copies  of  Studies    in    the    Linguistic 

7.2  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

8.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

8.2  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 
9: 1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

9.2  Papers  on  Relational  Grammar  and  Semantics 

10.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

10.2  Studies  in  Arabic  Linguistics 

11.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

11.2  Dimensions  of  South  Asian  Linguistics 

12.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

12.2  Papers  on  Diachronic  Syntax:  Six  Case  Studies 

13.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

13.2  Studies  in  Language  Variation:  Non western  Case  Studies 

14.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

14.2  Language  in  African  Culture  and  Society 

15.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

15.2  Linguistic  Studies  in  Memory  of  Theodore  M.  Lighter 

16.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

16.2  Illinois  Studies  in  Korean  Linguistics 

17.1  Papers  from  the  1986  Asian  Languages  Analysis  Roundtable 

17.2  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

18.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistic 

18.2  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

19.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

19.2  The  Contributions  of  African  Linguistics  to  Linguistic  Theory,  Vol.    1 
_20.1  The  Contributions  of  African  Linguistics  tO  Linguistic  Theory,  Vol.  2 

20.2  Linguistics  for  the  Nineties,  Papers  from  a  Lecture  Series 

in  Celebration  of  the  Department's  25th  Anniversary 

20.3  Meeting  Handbook:   13th  South  Asian  Languages  Analysis  Roundtable 

25-27  May,  1991,  University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign 

21.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

21.2  Illinois  Studies  in  Korean  Linguistics,  II 

22. 1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

22.2  Fall  1992  Twenty-Five  Years  of  Linguistic  Research  at  the  University  of 

Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign:  Post-Graduate  Research  by  Doctoral  and  Master': 
Degree  Students  in  the  Department  of  Linguistics 

23.1  Spring  1993  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

23.2  Fall  1993  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  [SOLD  OUT] 

24.1/2  1994  (double  issue)  Proceedings  of  the  4th  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Formal 
Linguistic  Society  of  Mid- America 

25.1  Spring  1995  Papers  in  General  Linguistics 

25.2  Fall  1995  Language  and  Gender 

26.1  Spring  1996  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  [approximately  late  Fall  97] 


Sciences: 


$5^0 

$C_AA 

$5r00- 
$5tO0- 
$5t00- 

JT.TJTJ 

$5r09- 
$5^0- 
$5r00- 

$5t00- 

$g  no 

4>TT7T7\7 

$g   f\f\ 
■J  .\J\J 

$5r00- 

4>  J  .\J\J 
J.UU 

ts  on 
$6r00 
$6/00 
$6^00 
$6t00 


/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $2.50 
/  $3.00 
/  $3.00 
/  $3.00 
/  $3.00 
$6.00 
$6.00 
$7.50 
$7.50 
$7.50 

$7.50 

$5.00 
$7.50 
$7.50 
$7.50 


$10.00 
$8.00 
$8.00 

$16.00 
$8.00 
$8.00 

$10.00 


NOTE:  Sales  Tax  must  be  included  as  follows  (excluding  except  organizations):  IL-  7  1/4%;  IN 
MN  -  6.5%;  OH  -  5%  and  WI  -  5%.  Checks  or  money  orders  in  U.S.  Dollars,  drawn  on 
payable  to:  University  of  Illinois. 


-5%;     MI  -  6%; 
a  U.S.       Bank, 


Check  or  money  order  enclosed  $_ 


(Please  add  postage  $2.00  per  issue) 


Name: 


51 


Cop 


JLUiFAKTMENT  OF  LINGUISTICS 


University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign 


Newsletter 


June  1997  -  August  1998 


Department  of  Linguistics 


University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign 


Newsletter 


June  1997  -  August  1998 


Editor 
Jerry  L.  Morgan 


Assistant  Editor 
Cathy  Drake 


With  the  aid  of 
Beth  Creek 


Nondiscrimination  Statement 

University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign 

Official  Notice 

The  commitment  of  the  University  of  Illinois  to  the  most  fundamental  principles 
of  academic  freedom,  equality  of  opportunity,  and  human  dignity  requires  that  decisions 
involving  students  and  employees  be  based  on  individual  merit  and  be  free  from 
invidious  discrimination  in  all  its  forms. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Illinois  not  to  engage  in  discrimination  or 
harassment  against  any  person  because  of  race,  color,  religion,  sex,  national  origin, 
ancestry,  age,  marital  status,  disability,  sexual  orientation,  unfavorable  discharge  from  the 
military,  or  status  as  a  disabled  veteran  or  a  veteran  of  the  Vietnam  era  and  to  comply 
with  all  federal  and  state  nondiscrimination,  equal  opportunity  and  affirmative  action 
laws,  orders,  and  regulations.  This  University's  nondiscrimination  policy  applies  to 
admissions,  employment,  access  to  and  treatment  in  the  University's  programs  and 
activities.  Complaints  of  invidious  discrimination  prohibited  by  University  policy  are  to 
be  resolved  within  existing  University  procedures. 

For  additional  information  or  assistance  on  the  equal  opportunity,  affirmative 
action,  and  harassment  policies  of  the  University  or  information  on  Title  IX,  ADA  or 
504,  please  contact:  For  the  Urbana-Champaign  campus,  Larine  Y.  Cowan,  Assistant 
Chancellor  and  Director,  Office  of  Affirmative  Action,  100A  Swanlund,  MC-304,  601 
East  John  Street,  Champaign,  IL  61820.  Telephone:    (217)333-0885. 


CONTENTS 

Notes  from  the  Department  Head  1 

Department  of  Linguistics  Personnel,  1997-98  2 

Faculty  2 

Emeritus  Faculty  3 

Leaves  of  Absence  4 

Appointments  Outside  the  Department  4 

Cooperating  Faculty  4 

Lecturers  6 

Visiting  Faculty  6 

Teaching  Associates  6 

Teaching  Assistants  7 

Graduate  Assistants  7 

Secretarial  Staff  7 

Honors  and  Recognitions  7 

Incomplete  List  of  Teachers  Ranked  as  Excellent  by  their  Students  7 

Fellowship  Recipients  8 

Departmental  Awards  8 

Silver  Jubilee  Award  for  Outstanding  Teaching  Assistant  in  Linguistics  8 
Henry  R.  Kahane  Award  for  Outstanding  Teaching  Assistant  in 

Non-Western  Languages  8 

Outstanding  Undergraduate  Student  8 

Departmental  Distinction  8 

Graduate  Students  8 

Undergraduate  Majors  9 

Degrees  Awarded  9 

B.A.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics  9 

MA.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics  9 

Ph.D.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics  9 

Ph.D.  Dissertation  Abstracts  10 

Student  Progress  17 

Students  Who  Passed  the  Qualifying  Examination  17 

Students  Admitted  to  the  Ph.D.  Program  17 

Ph.D.  Preliminary  Examinations  Passed  17 

Ph.D.  Dissertations  Defended  18 

Ph.D.  Dissertations  in  Progress  18 

Research  and  Service  20 

New  Publications  20 

Papers  Read  24 

Individual  Recognition  and  Projects  28 

Alumni  News  31 

Public  Events  33 

Linguistics  Seminar  33 

Linguistics  Club  49 

Co-Sponsored  Events  52 

Linguistic  Student  Organization  52 

Departmental  Publications  52 

Linguistics  Weekly  52 

Graduate  Study  53 

Undergraduate  Study  53 

Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  53 

Order  Form  -  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  54 


Notes  from  the  Department  Head 

This  will  be  a  busy  and  stimulating  year  for  our  Department.  We  say  "well  done"  to 
Yamuna  Kachru,  who  has  just  retired,  but  will  still  be  an  active  member  of  the  linguistics 
community  here,  as  Professor  Emeritus.  A  celebration  in  her  honor  will  be  held  in  conjunction 
with  the  World  English  conference  (see  below).  We  will  be  looking  for  a  South  Asian  socio- 
linguist  to  replace  some  of  the  many  areas  of  Yamuna's  expertise. 

We  also  congratulate  Jennifer  Cole  and  Adele  Goldberg  on  their  well-deserved  promotions 
to  Associate  Professor  with  tenure.  Both  are  among  the  most  active  contributors  to  what  goes  on 
here,  and  we're  glad  to  see 
their  hard  work  rewarded. 

Well  done  also  to  Beth  Creek,  our  administrative  secretary,  who  is  to  be  commended  for 
her  twenty  years'  outstanding  service  to  the  university. 

We  welcome  C.  C.  Cheng  back,  from  several  years  as  Director  of  the  Language  Learning 
Laboratory,  followed  by  a  sabbatical  in  Hong  Kong.  At  the  same  time,  we  will  be  seeing  Hans 
Henrich  Hock  a  little  less  often,  since  he  has  accepted  the  Dean's  invitation  be  Director  of  the 
Center  for  South  Asian  Studies. 

Some  major  events  will  be  held  here  this  year.  Among  them,  a  workshop  on  the  state  of 
linguistics  and  its  future,  to  be  held  here  at  the  end  of  October;  and  the  5lh  International 
Conference  on  World  Englishes,  (World  Englishes  and  African  Identities),  5-7  November  1998. 
More  information  on  these  (and  other)  events  can  be  found  on  our  web  page, 
http://www.cogsci.uiuc.edu/linguistics/. 

But  the  biggest  event,  for  which  we  will  be  doing  a  lot  of  preparatory  work  this  year,  is  the 
1999  Linguistic  Institute,  to  be  held  here  in  early  summer  of  '99.  Adele  Goldberg  is  the  Director, 
having  replaced  Hans  Hock  in  the  job,  due  to  the  demands  of  his  new  position  with  the  Center 
for  South  Asian.  Hans  stays  on  as  Co-Director,  with  Peter  Lasersohn  and  Ivan  Sag  as  Associate 
Directors.  They  are  doing  an  excellent  job  organizing  the  Institute.  The  list  of  eminent  linguists 
who  have  agreed  to  come  and  teach  is  spectacular.  Full  details  are  accessible  from  our  web  page. 

Finally,  a  note  to  alumni  of  our  department:  this  year  we  will  working  on  finding  ways  that 
alumni  can  be  a  resource  to  our  department,  and  ways  in  which  we  can  provide  continued  service 
to  our  graduates  after  they  leave  Illinois.  We  will  be  contacting  you  for  your  suggestions  and 
opinions. 


Jerry  L.  Morgan 
Professor  and  Head 


Department  of  Linguistics  Personnel,  1997-1998 

Faculty 

Benmamoun,  Elabbas 

Assistant  Professor  of  Linguistics,  (syntax,  morphology,  interfaces,  and  Arabic/Semitic 
languages). 

Bokamba,  Eyamba  G. 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  (African  linguistics,  Bantu  syntax,  sociolinguistics: 
multilingualism,  language  variation,  code  switching,  and  language  planning  and  policy). 

Cheng,  Chin-Chuan 

LAS  Jubilee  Professor  of  Linguistics,  Chinese,  and  English  as  an  International  Language 
(computational  linguistics,  quantifying  dialect  affinity,  and  Chinese  discourse  analysis). 

Cole,  Jennifer 

Associate  Professor  of  Linguistics,  Beckman  Institute,  (phonology  and  computational 
linguistics). 

Goldberg,  Adele 

Associate  Professor  of  Linguistics,  Beckman  Institute,  (syntax/semantics,  construction 
grammar,  lexical  semantics,  categorization,  the  acquisition  of  constructions,  and  natural  language 
processing). 

Green,  Georgia  M. 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  Beckman  Institute,  (syntactic  theory,  pragmatics,  and  discourse 
understanding). 

Hock,  Hans  Henrich 

Director,  Program  in  South  Asian  and  Middle  Eastern  Studies,  Professor  of  Linguistics. 
Sanskrit,  the  Classics,  English  as  an  International  Language;  cooperating  faculty  in  French  and 
Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures;  member,  Russian  and  East  European  Studies  Center,  and 
Program  in  South  and  West  Asian  Studies  (general  historical  linguistics,  Indo-European, 
historical  and  synchronic  Sanskrit  studies,  Old  English  syntax,  prosody,  and  syntax). 

Kachru,  Braj  B. 

Director  and  Professor,  The  Center  for  Advanced  Study  and  LAS  Jubilee  Professor  of 
Linguistics,  Education,  English  as  an  International  Language,  and  Comparative  Literature, 
(sociolinguistics,  world  Englishes,  multilingualism,  language,  and  ideology). 

Kachru,  Yamuna 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  (syntax,  semantics  and  pragmatics  of  South  Asian  languages, 
especially  Hindi,  Hindi  literature,  applied  linguistics,  discourse  analysis,  crosscultural  speech 
acts,  and  contrastive  rhetoric). 


Kim,  Chin- Woo 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  Korean,  Speech  and  Hearing  Sciences,  and  English  as  an 
International  Language,  (phonetics,  phonology,  morphology,  Korean  linguistics,  and  stylistics). 

Lasersohn,  Peter 

Assistant  Professor  of  Linguistics  and  Beckman  Institute,  (semantics,  pragmatics,  and 
mathematical  linguistics). 

Maclay,  Howard  S. 

Professor  of  Linguistics,  English  as  an  International  Language,  and  Education;  Research 
Professor  in  the  Institute  of  Communications  Research;  affiliate  in  Department  of  Anthropology, 
(psycholinguistics  and  applied  linguistics). 

Morgan,  Jerry  L. 

Professor  and  Head  of  Linguistics,  Beckman  Institute,  (syntax,  pragmatics,  morphology, 
computational  linguistics,  natural  language  processing,  and  Albanian). 

Pandharipande,  Rajeshwari 

Professor  of  Religious  Studies,  Linguistics,  and  Comparative  Literature,  (Hindi  language 
and  literature,  language  of  religion,  syntax/semantics  of  Sanskrit,  Hindi,  and  Marathi, 
sociolinguistics,  Asian  mythology,  and  Hinduism). 

Silverman,  Daniel 

Assistant  Professor  of  Linguistics,  (phonology,  alternation,  markedness,  (paleo-) 
phonetics,  and  psychoacoustics). 

Yoon,  James 

Associate  Professor  of  Linguistics  and  Korean,  (syntax,  morphology,  and  Korean,  and 
Japanese  linguistics). 


Emeritus  Faculty 

Antonsen,  Elmer  H. 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Linguistics  and  Germanic  Languages,  (1  August  1996),  (historical, 
comparative  and  synchronic  Germanic  linguistics,  runic  inscriptions,  phonology,  morphology, 
and  orthographies). 


Blaylock,  W.  Curtis 

Professor  Emeritus,  Spanish,  Italian,  and  Portuguese,  (Romance  linguistics). 

Dawson,  Clayton 

Professor  Emeritus  of     Slavic  Languages  and  Literature,  (Slavic  linguistics  and  Old 
Church  Slavic  lexicon). 


Jenkins,  Frederick 

Associate  Professor  Emeritus,  French,  (all  aspects  of  contemporary  French  language). 

Kachru,  Yamuna 

Professor  Emerita  of  Linguistics,  (20  August  1998),  (syntax,  semantics  and  pragmatics  of 
South  Asian  languages,  especially  Hindi,  Hindi  literature,  applied  linguistics,  discourse  analysis, 
crosscultural  speech  acts,  and  contrastive  rhetoric). 

Kisseberth,  Charles  W. 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Linguistics,  (phonology  and  tonology). 

Kramarae,  Cheris 

Professor,  Emerita  of  Speech  Communication,  (sociolinguistics,  discourse,  com- 
munication and  gender,  and  language  and  power). 

Zgusta,  Ladislav 

Professor  Emeritus  of  Linguistics,  Classics,  and  Center  for  Advanced  Study 
(lexicography,  and  Indo-European  linguistics). 


Leaves  of  Absence 

Chin-Chuan  Cheng,  Fall  97  -  Spring  98 
James  Yoon,  Fall  97 

Appointments  Outside  the  Department 

Hans  Henrich  Hock 

Associate  Director,  Program  in  South  Asian  and  Middle  Eastern  Studies 

Braj  B.  Kachru 

Professor  and  Director,  Center  for  Advanced  Study 


Cooperating  Faculty 

(Adjunct  appointments  in  the  Department  of  Linguistics) 

Alfonso,  Peter  J. 

Professor    and    Head,     Speech     and    Hearing    Science,     (speech    physiology     and 
electromagnetic  articulography). 

Baron,  Dennis  E. 

Professor,  English,  (history  of  English,  language  attitudes,  policy,  and  reform,  language 
and  gender,  and  literacy). 


Bouton,  Lawrence 

Associate  Professor,  English  as  an   International  Language,   (pedagogical   grammar, 
American  culture,  and  pragmatics). 

Browne,  Gerald 

Professor,  Classics,  (Coptic  and  Old  Nubian  studies). 

Cowan,  J.  Ronayne 

Associate   Professor,  English   as   an   International  Language,   (psycholinguistics,   and 
reading  in  first  and  second  languages). 

Dell,  Gary 

Professor,  Psychology,  (psycholinguistics). 

Dickerson,  Wayne 

Professor,  English  as  an  International  Language,  (phonology,  orthography,  and  teaching 
ESL  pronunciation). 

Fisher,  Cynthia 

Associate  Professor,  Psychology,  (first  language  acquisition). 

Garnsey,  Susan 

Assistant  Professor,  Psychology,  (psycholinguistics). 

Gladney,  Frank  Y. 

Associate    Professor,    Slavic    Languages    and    Literatures,    (phonology,    accentuation, 
morphology,  syntax,  and  lexicography  of  Russian,  Czech,  and  Polish). 

Gonzo,  Susan 

Assistant  Professor  and  Associate  Provost,  English  as  an  International  Language,  (second 
language  acquisition,  immigrant  languages,  and  first  language  attrition). 

Hart,  Robert 

Assistant    Professor,    Language     Learning    Laboratory,     (computer-based    language 
instruction,  and  computational  linguistics). 

Hualde,  Jose  Ignacio 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish,  Italian,  and  Portuguese,  (phonology,  Romance  linguistics, 
and  Basque  linguistics). 

Hueting,  Gail 

Associate  Professor,  Library  Administration,  (Linguistics  librarian). 

Kibbee,  Douglas  A. 

Associate  Professor,  French,  (history  of  linguistics). 


Kuehn,  David 

Professor,  Speech  and  Hearing  Science,  (speech  anatomy  and  physiology). 

Lehman,  F.  K. 

Professor,  Anthropology,  (Southeast  Asia,  Tibeto-Burman,  Tai,  cognition,  and  syntax). 

Mack,  Molly 

Associate     Professor,     English     as     an      International      Language,      (bilingualism, 
neurolinguistics,  psycholinguistics,  phonetics,  and  speech  perception). 

Markee,  Numa  P. 

Associate    Professor,    English    as    an    International    Language,    (English    for    special 
purposes/communicative  language  teaching,  language  policy,  and  language  planning). 

Packard,  Jerome 

Associate     Professor,     East     Asian     and     Pacific     Studies,     (Chinese     linguistics, 
psycholinguistics,  and  neurolinguistics). 

Pitard,  Wayne  T. 

Associate  Professor,  Religious  Studies,  (Ugaritic  and  Biblical  Hebrew). 

Schwink,  Fred  W. 

Assistant    Professor,    Germanic    Languages    and    Literature,     (historical    Germanic 
linguistics). 

Yamashita,  Hiroko  Y. 

Assistant  Professor  East  Asian  Languages  and  Culture,  (psycholinguistics  and  sentence 
processing). 


Lecturers 
Donchin,  Rina 

Coordinator,    Hebrew    Program,    (Hebrew    language    and    literature    and    teaching 
methodology). 


Visiting  Faculty 
Lowenberg,  Peter 

Associate  Professor  (San  Jose  State  University) 


Teaching  Associates 

Bhagwat,  Manisha  (Hindi) 

Purkhosrow,  Khosrow  (Persian) 

Weinberger-Rotman,  Marganit  (Hebrew) 


Teaching  Assistants 


Alghazo,  Manal  (Arabic) 
Amir,  Keren  (Hebrew) 
Baker,  Wendy  (Ling.  225) 
Baxter,  David  (Ling.  200) 
Elsaadany,  Kamel  (Arabic) 
Frenck,  Susan  (Ling.  200) 
Gurevich,  Naomi  (Hebrew) 


Gouzou,  Fatoumata  (Bamana) 
Hegelheimer,  Belinda  (Bamana) 
Jha,  Girish  (Hindi) 
Kumar,  Avatans  (Hindi) 
Mulumba,  Leon  (Lingala) 
N'gom,  Fallou  (Wolof) 


Nkusu,  Mwanza  (Lingala) 
Ntarangwi,  M.  (Swahili) 
Shams,  Salwa  (Arabic) 
Sukumane,  Joyce  (Zulu) 
Suzuki,  Yasuko  (Sanskrit) 
Yambi,  J.  (Swahili) 


Graduate  Assistants 


Ahn,  Mee-Jin  (Kahane  Reading  Room) 

Chen,  Po-Nien  (C-C.  Cheng) 

Chen,  Shu-Fen  (Kahane  Reading  Room) 

Derhemi,  Eda  (J.  Morgan) 

Griffith,  Jennifer  (SLS  Assistant) 

Gurevich,  Naomi  (Linguistic  Institute) 

Hartkemeyer,  Dale  (L.  Zgusta) 

Hsieh,  Guey-Jin  (C-C.  Cheng) 

Iskarous,  Khalil  (J.  Cole) 

Jo,  Jung-Min  (Kahane  Reading  Room) 


Jung,  Kyu-Tae  (Kahane  Reading  Room) 
Koga,  Hiroki  (Kahane  Reading  Room) 
Kuo,  Shiun-Zu  (C-C.  Cheng) 
Lee,  Joo-Kyeong  (Phonetics  Lab) 
Fukada-Karlin,  Atusko  (Seminar) 
Maynard,  Kelly  (Linguistic  Institute) 
Min,  Su  Jung  (Y.  Kachru) 
Miner,  Edward  (African  Languages) 
Rhee,  Seok-Chae  (Phonetics  Lab) 
Smiljanic,  Rajka,  (Linguistic  Institute) 


Secretarial  Staff 

Creek,  Beth:  Administrative  Secretary  Drake,  Cathy:  Staff  Secretary 

Homolatsch,  Tassilo:  Receptionist 


Honors  and  Recognition 

Incomplete  List  of  Teachers  Ranked  as  Excellent  by  their  Students 


Fall  1997  (Voted  during  Spring  1997  semester) 


Alghazo,  Manal 
Baker,  Wendy 
Davidson,  Fred 
Donchin,  Rina 
Elsaadany,  Kamel 
Frenck,  Susan 


Fujii,  Seiko 
Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko 
Hara-Shamberg,  Kazue 
Kachru,  Braj 
Kumar,  Avatans 
Mack,  Molly 


Makino,  Rieko 
Min,  Su  Jung 
Pandey,  A. 
Yambi,  Josephine 
Yoshimura,  Mayuko 


Spring  1998  (Voted  during  Fall  1997  semester) 


Baker,  Wendy 
Butler,  Hiroko 
Davidson,  Fred 
Dickerson,  Wayne 
Donchin,  Rina 
Elsaddany,  Kamel 
Frenck,  Susan 


Goldberg,  Adele 
Green,  Georgia 
Jha,  Girish 
Lowenberg,  Peter 
Min,  Su  Jung 
Mack,  Molly 
N'gom,  Fallou 


Shams,  Salwa 
Smiljanic,  Rajka 
Tagliavia,  Tanya 
Yambi,  Josephine 
Yoshimura,  Mayuko 


Fellowship  Recipients 


Ahn,  Mee-Jin 
Choi,  Hansook 
Frenck,  Susan 


Koga,  Hiroki 
Lee,  Joo-Kyeong 
Suzuki,  Yasuko 


Departmental  Awards 

Silver  Jubilee  Award  for  Outstanding  Teaching  Assistant  in  Linguistics  (1997-98) 

Susan  L.  Frenck 

Henry  R.  Kahane  Award  for  Outstanding  Teaching  Assistant  in 
Non-Western  Languages  (1997-98) 

Avatans  Kumar 

Outstanding  Undergraduate  Student  for  (1997-98) 

Madelena  L.  McClure 

Departmental  Distinction 

Thomas  Moore,  Distinction 


Graduate  Students 


Adra,  Mohamed  Ali 
Ahn,  Jee  Young 
Ahn,  Mee-Jin 
Baker,  Wendy 
Baxter,  David 
Cha,  Jong-Yul 
Chen,  Shu-Fen 
Chen,  Si-Qing 
Chen,  Tsai-Er 
Choi,  Hansook 


Hsiao,  Elaine 
Iskarous,  Khalil 
Ito,  Kiwako 
Ito,  Natsumi 
Jha,  Girish 
Jo,  Jung  Min 
Jonsson,  Lars 
Jung,  Kyu  Tae 
Kamachi,  Kenichiro 
Kim,  Eun-Joo 


Motohashi,  Rieko 
Miner,  Edward 
Min,  Su  Jung 
Nahm,  Woo-Hyounj 
N'gom,  Fallou 
Nollett,  Angela 
Rhee,  Seok-Chae 
Sethuraman,  Nitya 
Shams,  Salwa 
Smiljanic,  Rajka 


Chung,  Yu-Sun 
Donnelly,  Simon 
Elsaadany,  Kamel  A. 
Frenck,  Susan  L. 
Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko 
Good,  Robert 
Griffith,  Jennifer 
Gurevich,  Naomi 
Hara-Shamburg,  Kazue 
Hartkemeyer,  Dale  C. 
Holland,  Amy 


Koga,  Hiroki 
Kumar,  Avatans 
Kuo,  Shiun-Zu 
Lai,  Jennifer 
Lee,  Joo-Kyeong 
Lee,  Kenton 
Lee,  Yong-hun 
Lin,  Huei-Ling 
Makino,  Reiko 
Maynard,  Kelly 


Undergraduate  Majors 


Suzuki,  Yasuko 
Tagliavia,  Tanya 
Tai,  Kuei-Fen 
Yambi,  Josephine 
Yoshimura,  Mayuko 
You,  Yu-Ling 
Yunick,  Stanley  G. 
Zhang,  Hang 
Zoure,  Auguste 


Ahn,  Elise 
Bernd,  Julia 
Borton,  Scott 
Brodsky,  Ernest 
Crum,  Hannah 
Daniels,  Mike 
Davy,  John 
Dunham,  Dana 
Greninger,  Davie  E. 
Hanford,  Aaron 


Hasler,  Sarah 
Kim,  Grace  Eun  Hye 
Lewis,  Gia 
Lumford,  Patty 
Mao,  Tola 
Mazur,  Melanie 
McClure,  Madelena 
McGuire,  Grant 
Moore,  Thomas 
Niehus,  Rebecca 


Pyles,  Erich 
Song,  Jackie 
Swanson,  David 
Teixeria,  Bianca 
Timkang,  Michele 
Van  der  Veen,  Pytsje 
Walther,  Rebecca 
Wiles,  Jill 

Yamamoto,  Wai-Mai 
Zilic,  Melissa 


Degrees  Awarded 
B.A.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics 


Bernd,  Julia 
Fletcher,  Todd 


Moore,  Thomas 
Walther,  Rebecca 


Chung,  Yu-Sun 
Ito,  Natsumi 
Jonsson,  Lars 
Lee,  Kenton 
Maynard,  Kelly 


Good,  Robert 
Homer,  Molly 
Honegger,  Mark 


M.A.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics 

Motohashi,  Rieko 
Shams,  Salwa 
Smiljanic,  Rajka 
Tai,  Kuei-Fen 
Tu,  Shang-Fen 

Ph.D.  Degrees  Conferred  in  Linguistics 

Lin,  Huei-Ling 
Min,  Su  Jung 
Pandey,  Anita 


Jung,  Kyu  Tae  Pandey,  Anjali 

Kovoch,  EdwarD  Rhee,  Seok-Chae 

Kutryb,  Carol  You,  Yu-Ling 


Ph.D.  Dissertation  Abstracts 

Good,  Robert 

Strategies  in  the  Writing  of  Chinese  Characters  by  Intermediate  and  Advanced 

Students  of  Chinese  as  a  Foreign  Languages 

Jerome  Packard,  Advisor 

13  August  1998 

The  duel-route  model  of  spelling  has  occupied  a  central  position  in  discussions  of 
theories  of  spelling  alphabetic  languages.  In  such  a  model  positing  a  direct  route  and  an  indirect 
or  assembled  route  mediated  by  phonology  adequate  to  explain  the  writing  of  Chinese  characters 
by  students  of  Chinese  as  a  foreign  language?  More  particularly,  is  there  evidence  of  more  than 
one  assembled  strategy,  for  example,  graphic  and  semantic,  as  well  as  phonological?  In  addition, 
is  there  evidence  that  whatever  strategies  are  employed  by  CFL  learners  change  as  skill 
increases?  This  study  looks  at  the  writing  of  characters  by  five  levels  of  low  intermediate  to 
advanced  students  (i.e.,  end  of  second  year  college-level  Mandarin  to  fourth  year)  to  answer  this 
question.  Subjects  completed  one  or  more  of  five  tasks:  (1)  A  comprehensive  spelling  test  of 
100  characters  selected  from  the  1000  most  frequent  characters  in  a  specific  character  list. 
Subjects  wrote  the  character  for  one  romanized  syllable  presented  in  a  short  phrase  with 
accompanying  English  gloss.  (2)  Essay  writing.  (3)  Follow-up  rewriting  of  incorrectly  written 
characters  from  the  essays.  (4)  Phonologically  plausible  pseudo-character  generation.  (5) 
Semantically  plausible  pseudo-character  generation. 

An  analysis  of  the  knowledge  errors  made  by  subjects  (as  opposed  to  performance  errors 
or  slips  of  the  pen)  is  consistent  with  a  view  that  there  is  more  than  one  assembled  strategy. 
Examination  of  the  use  of  the  graphic  and  phonological  strategies  over  the  five  levels  suggests 
that  higher  level  students  use  more  graphic  strategies  than  lower  level  students.  In  contrast,  the 
phonological  strategy  appears  to  be  equally  available  to  all  levels  of  students  in  the  writing  of 
real  characters  suggesting  that  this  skill  is  not  affected  by  studying  Chinese.  However,  in  the 
creation  of  pseudo-characters  higher  level  students  use  more  appropriate  phonetic  components  in 
the  creations  than  lower  level  students. 

A  technique  for  distinguishing  between  performance-based  slips  of  the  pen  and 
competence-based  knowledge  errors  is  given.  Implications  for  pedagogy  and  areas  of  future 
research  are  also  discussed. 


10 


Homer,  Molly 

The  Role  of  Contrast  in  Nasal  Harmony 

Jennifer  Cole,  Advisor 

21  February  1996 

This  dissertation  proposes  a  set-based  model  of  contrast  in  sound  systems,  heretofore 
referred  to  as  the  Categorization  Model.  Its  use  of  sets  to  describe  the  relations  between 
elements  in  a  sound  system  allows  the  Categorization  Model  to  provide  a  direct  characterization 
of  contrast  preservation,  the  necessity  of  which  is  demonstrated  by  certain  contrast  preservation 
driven  phonological  phenomena.  Specifically,  it  is  argued  that  when  segments  resist  nasal 
harmony,  either  by  blocking  harmony  or  remaining  transparent,  they  do  so  in  order  to  avoid 
neutralization  of  contrast.  Therefore  a  satisfactory  analysis  of  nasal  harmony  resistance  must 
refer  directly  to  contrast  preservation. 

The  Categorization  Model  follows  Trubetzkoy  (1939)  (and  more  recently  Flemming 
(1995)  and  Steriade  (to  appear)  in  recognizing  that  contrast  is  a  systemic  notion.  In  doing,  so,  it 
departs  from  current  feature  based  representations  which  treat  contrast  as  a  characteristic  of 
individual  elements,  for  example  of  feature  specifications.  This  dissertation  maintains  that  it  is 
the  presence  in  a  system  of  two  segments  which  differ  with  respect  to  a  feature  that  makes  it 
"contrastive".  Hence,  the  Categorization  Model  uses  set  membership  to  directly  convey  the 
contrastive  relations  between  elements  in  a  system,  while  features  serve  only  as  convenient 
labels  for  sets.  However,  not  every  phonologically  relevant  relation  between  elements  in  a  sound 
system  is  contrastive.  For  this  reason  the  Categorization  Model  proposes  that  the  elements  of  a 
sound  system  are  simultaneously  organized  by  two  types  of  sets:  the  functional  sets  encode  the 
contrastive  relations,  while  the  physical  sets  encode  the  purely  phonetic  relations.  The  phonetic 
distinction  between  two  sound  units  can  only  differentiate  morphemes  if  those  two  units  are  in 
positions  where  they  will  be  compared.  The  Categorization  Model  recognizes  this  fact  by 
including  positional  information  in  the  functional  categorization  of  sound  systems. 

By  providing  a  direct  characterization  of  contrast  preservation,  the  Categorization  Model 
allows  for  a  more  unified  account  of  nasal  harmony  resistance.  While  not  ruling  out 
neutralization  altogether,  this  dissertation  argues  that  were  nasal  harmony  allowed  to  neutralize 
contrast,  the  destructive  impact  on  contrastive  systems  would  be  devastating. 

Honegger,  Mark 

The  Semantic  Basis  for  Subject/Object  Asymmetries  in  English 

Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 

19  May  1997 

(Abstract  in  June  96  -  August  97  Newsletter) 


11 


Jung,  Kyu  Tae 

Contact  and  Convergence  of  English  in  Korea 

Braj  B.  Kachru,  Advisor 

11  May  1998 

The  major  issue  of  this  dissertation  is  to  examine  the  multifaceted  impact  of  the 
introduction  of  English  in  Korea.  The  impact  of  the  English  language  on  Korean  at  various 
linguistic  levels  has  been  studied  by  many  scholars.  There  are,  however,  aspects  of  the  contact 
and  convergence  between  English  and  Korean  that  remain  to  be  explored.  This  study  attempts  to 
examine  some  of  the  issues  raised  by  language  contact  and  convergence  by  conducting  empirical 
research.  The  research  involves  a  study  of  three  different  genres  -  print  advertising,  soap  operas 
on  television,  and  newspaper.  The  primary  motivation  for  the  choice  of  three  genres  is  that  each 
genre  shows  a  different  aspect  of  the  use  of  English  in  Korea.  For  example,  print  advertising  and 
soap  operas  show  the  impact  of  English  on  the  Korean  language  and  illustrate  the  process  of 
"Englishization"  of  Korean  whereas,  the  print  media  show  the  influence  of  Korean  on  English 
and  illustrate  "nativization"  of  English  in  Korea. 

In  terms  of  levels  of  linguistic  analysis,  each  genre  differs  from  the  other.  First,  the  focus 
of  the  advertising  study  is  on  loanwords  and  their  phonological  and  morpho-syntactic  aspects. 
The  study  of  argues  for  the  necessity  of  bringing  in  the  sociolinguistic  dimension  in 
understanding  phonological  variation  in  loanwords.  The  advising  study  also  discusses  the 
relation  between  writing  systems  and  their  functions.  Second,  the  focus  of  the  study  of  soap 
opera  is  code  alteration  in  which  proposed  universal  constraints  are  evaluated  against  the  data 
collected  from  soap  operas.  Finally,  English  newspaper  genre  shows  the  difference  in  the  usage 
of  English  in  Korean  newspapers  through  the  study  of  some  model  verbs,  the  prepositions,  "in" 
and  "at,"  and  lexical  creativity. 

The  methodology  in  this  dissertation  is  mainly  empirical.  Frequency  counts  of  English 
items  are  conducted  to  show  the  use  of  English  in  Korean  advertising  as  well  as  the  difference 
among  varieties  of  Englishes.  For  the  analysis  of  English  newspaper  corpus,  a  concordance 
program  has  been  used.  The  merit  of  using  computer  in  linguistic  analysis  is  its  accuracy  and 
speed.  The  recent  development  of  World  Wide  Web  provides  another  source  to  download  and  to 
analyze  specific  files  faster  than  the  conventional  way  of  typing  in  the  data.  The  attempt  to 
analyze  the  usage  of  English  in  Korean  through  concordance  program  is  also  represents  a  new 
methodology  in  the  context  of  Korean. 

The  importance  of  this  study  is,  first  Koreans  often  use  English  differently  from  users  of 
other  varieties,  although  it  is  too  early  to  argue  that  Koreans  have  their  own  variety  of  English. 
This  study  should  provide  an  important  basis  for  future  research  in  this  area.  Second,  it  shows 
how  to  incorporate  computer  technology  in  studying  world  Englishes. 


12 


Kovach,  Edward  Glenn 

Finite-State  Morphological  Parsing  Using  Register  Vector 

Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 

13  May  1993 

The  Kimmo  morphological  parser  utilizes  finite-state  architecture  to  implement  the 
morphosyntax  and  to  simulate  phonological  rules  of  words.  The  finite-state  architecture  allows 
Kimmo  to  parse  words  rapidly.  This  architecture  also  greatly  limits  Kimmo' s  abilities  to 
effectively  parse  words  which  contain  discontinuous  co-occurrence  restrictions, 
nonconcatenative  Semitic  morphemes,  portmanteau  morphemes,  or  morphosyntactic  properties 
determined  by  phonological  variations. 

Dr.  Glenn  Blank  developed  a  syntactic  parser,  Register  Vector  Grammars  (RVG),  which 
are  an  implementation  of  Safe  Petri  Net.  As  with  other  Safe  Petri  Nets,  RVGs  are  a  type  of 
Finite-State  Automata  with  limited  information  passing  capabilities.  These  capabilities  enable 
RVGs  to  parse  English  sentences  in  linear  time  using  finite-state  grammars. 

The  Register  Vector  Grammar  Morphological  parser  (RVGMPP  uses  RVGs  to 
implement  its  morphosyntactic  component.  This  RVG  Component,  combined  with  Kimmo 
Phonological  rules,  enables  the  RVGMP  to  better  analyze  data  which  pose  serious  problems  for 
Kimmo.  These  data  include  discontinuous  co-occurrence  restrictions  in  English,  Latin,  and 
Akkadian;  nonconcatenative,  Akkadian  morphemes;  properties  with  phonological  variations  in 
Latin. 

Although  the  RVGMP  can  parse  some  data  which  Kimmo  cannot  parse,  the  RVGMP  is 
slower  on  average  than  Kimmo.  Poor  program  design  is  responsible  for  this  slow  time.  A 
revised  program  design,  based  in  part  on  a  new  design  for  RVG,  is  proposed.  Since  the 
redesigned  RVGs  have  doubled  their  parsing  speed,  similar  time  gains  are  expected  with  the  new 
implementation  of  the  RVGMP.  With  these  time  gains,  the  RVGMP  would  parse  all  the  data 
more  quickly  than  Kimmo. 

Kutryb,  Carol  Elizabeth 

Differences  Between  Full  and  Reduced  Relative  Clauses 

Susan  Garnsey,  Advisor 

7  August  1997 

Full  and  reduced  relative  clauses  are  frequently  used  in  experiments  on  ambiguity 
resolution  and  are  the  basis  for  some  important  conclusions  about  normal  sentence 
comprehension  processes.  A  study  of  naturally  occurring  full  and  reduced  relatives  found  that 
many  previous  assumptions  about  these  constructions  are  false.  Reduced  relatives  are  assumed 
to  be  more  difficult  than  full  relatives,  but  they  actually  greatly  outnumber  full  relatives  in 
natural  text.  Reduced  relatives  are  thought  to  always  cause  processing  difficulty,  but  nearly  all 
of  the  naturally  occurring  reduced  relatives  had  one  or  more  properties  (inanimate  head  nouns 
and  high  participle  preference  verbs)  that  have  been  shown  to  ease  their  difficulty.  Finally,  full 
relatives  are  used  as  an  unambiguous  control  for  reduced  relatives,  when  they  are  actually  much 
less  typical  and  show  no  indication  that  their  primary  use  is  to  avoid  ambiguity. 


13 


These  false  assumptions  have  been  made  based  on  the  type  of  reduced  relative  that  is 
typically  used  (and  typically  causes  difficulty)  in  ambiguity  resolution  studies.  Relatives  of  this 
type  were  almost  non-existent  in  the  natural  text.  These  finding  have  important  implication  for 
studies  of  ambiguity  resolution  because  they  show  that  many  studies  of  supposedly  normal 
sentence  comprehension  have  been  based  on  very  atypical  sentences. 

In  addition,  although  full  and  reduced  relatives  are  assumed  to  be  equivalent  except  for 
the  presence  or  absence  of  ambiguity,  several  probe  recognition  studies  found  that  words  from 
full  relatives  were  consistently  remembered  better  than  words  from  reduced  relatives,  indicating 
that  full  relatives  are  pragmatically  more  prominent  than  reduced  relatives. 

When  memory  was  tested  immediately  after  sentence  presentation,  there  was  no 
indication  that  clause  structure  affected  memory,  in  contrast  to  many  previous  studies.  These 
findings  show  that  previous  claims  about  the  importance  of  clause  structure  in  processing  must 
be  limited,  since  they  did  not  generalize  to  the  center-embedded  clauses  tested  here.  The 
findings  also  raise  the  possibility  that  other  efforts  may  have  been  attributed  to  clause  structure  in 
previous  experiments. 

Lin,  Huei-Ling 

The  Syntax-Morphology  Interface  of  Verb -Complement  Compounds  in  Mandarin  Chinese 

James  Yoon,  Advisor 
17  March  1998 

Whether  word  formation  solely  occurs  in  the  lexicon  has  been  an  issue  of  lively  debate. 
Through  the  discussion  of  the  formation  of  verb-complement  compounds  in  Mandarin  Chinese, 
this  thesis  supports  the  view  on  parallel  morphology  that  word  formation  takes  place  in  the 
lexicon  as  well  as  in  syntax.  This  thesis  focuses  on  the  formation  of  verb-complement 
compounds  for  the  reason  that  they  demonstrate  complex  thematic  relations  between  the 
elements  that  make  up  the  compounds  and  their  arguments.  The  three  types  of  verb-complement 
compounds  under  discussion  are  resultative  compounds,  causative  compounds,  and  directional 
compounds. 

These  three  types  of  verb-complement  compounds  are  discussed  in  this  thesis  in  order  to 
demonstrate  that  word  formation  takes  place  in  at  least  two  grammatical  components,  lexicon 
and  syntax,  while  obeying  the  principles  of  morphology  (e.g.,  morphological  integrity).  The 
patterns,  the  semantic  relations,  and  the  syntactic  behaviors  of  these  three  types  of  compounds 
are  closely  examined  to  determine  if  there  are  systematic  differences  between  unlike  groups  of 
compounds,  to  identify  what  factors  contribute  to  the  differences,  and  to  best  account  for  these 
differences. 

This  thesis  pursues  a  modular  analysis  of  verb-complement  compounds  in  Mandarin 
Chinese.  As  the  evidence  indicates,  a  syntactic  or  lexical  analysis  is  proposed  for  different  types 
of  compounds.  As  a  result,  this  analysis  can  better  account  for  the  individual  properties  of  each 
type  of  compound.  This  approach  differs  from  previous  analyses  in  that  all  of  the  previous 
analyses  propose  a  uniform  derivation,  syntactic  or  lexical,  for  every  type  of  compound. 


14 


Min,  Su  Jung 

Constructing  Meaning:  A  Critical  Linguistic  Perspective  on  News  Discourse 

Yamuna  Kachru,  Advisor 
10  December  1997 

The  goal  of  this  study  is  to  identify  the  linguistic  structures  and  processes  used  for 
propagating  special  ideologies  by  examining  the  news  reports  about  social  and  political  issues  in 
South  Korea  published  in  four  English  language  newspapers,  one  published  in  South  Korea,  two 
in  the  USA,  and  one  in  England.  It  is  argued  in  this  study  that  news  discourse  in  the  mainstream 
newspapers  construes  ideological  representations  of  events  and  situations  in  the  world  to  the 
readers.  Attempts  to  establish  and  maintain  power  through  their  ideological  properties  are  made 
in  news  texts  using  linguistic  devices  at  various  levels. 

The  theoretical  and  analytical  frameworks  of  this  study  are  derived  from  the  approaches 
to  critical  linguistics  which  seek  to  explore  the  constructive  and  functional  nature  of  language 
and  to  uncover  how  language  works  in  texts  to  produce  meanings  that  give  rise  to  the  ideological 
representations  of  people,  objects  and  events  in  the  world. 

The  analysis  of  the  data  illustrates  that  news  reports  represent  the  unequal  power  relations 
between  states  and  classes,  render  dominant  ideologies  in  society  into  neutral  forms,  present 
particular  interests  as  general  and  national  interests,  and  thus  legitimate  the  existing  social 
structures  and  unequal  power  relations  in  the  minds  of  readers.  This  is  achieved  through 
linguistic  means,  e.g.,  the  coding  of  participant  roles  and  processes  in  transitivity  structures, 
macropropositions,  lexical  choices,  thematic  patterns,  metaphors,  and  the  rhetorical  devices  at 
the  textual  level  in  the  news  texts. 

The  recurrent  manifestation  of  asymmetry  at  the  lexical,  syntactic  and  textual  levels  in 
the  news  texts  supports  the  claim  that  news  media  do  not  simply  reflect  the  express  social  reality 
but  serve  to  represent,  sustain  and  reproduce  the  dominant  ideologies.  Therefore,  this  study 
leads  to  the  conclusion  that  news  reports  on  the  social  and  political  issues  in  South  Korea  in  two 
major  English  newspapers,  the  New  York  Times  and  the  Korea  Herald,  articulate  and  legitimate 
the  dominant  ideologies  of  each  country  through  linguistic  transformations. 

This  study  demonstrates  that  any  analysis  of  relationship  between  society  and  language 
cannot  proceed  by  ignoring  the  role  of  language  in  reflecting  and  thereby  sustaining  the  existing 
social  structures  and  unequal  power  relations.  This  study  has  implications  for  teaching  critical 
language  awareness  to  adults  as  well  as  students  in  and  out  of  a  school  setting,  and  opens  new 
grounds  to  research  that  would  help  devise  strategies  and  methods  of  achieving  this  educational 
goal. 

Pandey,  Anita 

A  Linguistic  Analysis  of  Adult  Discourse 

Yamuna  Kachru,  Advisor 

24  June  1997 

(Abstract  in  June  96  -  August  97  Newsletter) 


15 


Pandey,  Anjali 

Articulating  Prejudice:  A  Linguistic  Perspective  on  Animated  Movies 

Braj  B.  Kachru,  Advisor 
8  July  1997 

(Abstract  in  June  96  -  August  97  Newsletter) 

Rhee,  Seok-Chae 

Aspects  of  Release  and  Nonrelease  in  Phonology 

Chin-Woo  Kim,  Advisor 

25  June  1998 

This  dissertation  investigates  the  mechanisms  of  stop  release  and  nonrelease  and  their 
effects  in  the  sound  patterns  of  various  languages.  The  first  area  of  exploration  is  the  positional 
asymmetry  arising  from  different  distributions  of  laryngeally-marked  stops,  fricatives  and 
affricates.  It  is  argued  that  incorporation  of  the  notion  of  release  and  nonrelease  is  needed  for  a 
better  account  of  the  phenomenon.  Empirical  evidence  for  such  a  claim  is  presented  through 
examinations  of  many  nonreleasing  languages  such  as  Korean,  Mishmi,  Boro,  Tod  (and  other 
Himalayan  tribal  languages),  Thadou,  Garo,  Limbu,  Mising,  Cantonese,  Zhanglu  Kam,  Thai, 
Tai-Khamti,  Vietnamese,  Khmer,  West  Tarangan,  Efik,  Kana,  and  Ibibio.  Facts  found  in  the 
above  languages  especially  advocate  that  voicing  is  directly  related  to  release/nonrelease,  and 
further  that  there  is  interdependency  between  distributions  of  fricatives/affricates  and 
release/nonrelease  of  the  stops  in  the  same  position.  The  second  focus  of  exploration  is  to  reveal 
that  stop  release/nonrelease  is  closely  bound  to  patterns  of  place  assimilation.  Analytic 
comparison  of  Korean  and  Hindi  shows  that  a  released  stop  does  not  lose  its  place  feature,  which 
ultimately  explains  directionality  and  occurrence  vs.  non-occurrence  of  the  place  assimilation  in 
each  language.  The  third  area  of  the  focus  is  specific  strategies  for  stop  release  and  nonrelease 
invoked  differently  in  different  languages.  It  will  be  claimed  that  nonreleasing  languages  listed 
above  have  a  scheme  different  from  that  of  other  languages  such  as  English,  German,  and 
Gujarati.  Finally,  it  will  be  argued  that  distribution  of  spirants  in  Assamese  is  associated  with 
release  of  the  stops  in  the  language.  Throughout  the  investigation,  phonetic  justification  will  be 
sought  for  each  phenomenon  in  question  as  an  attempt  to  clarify  the  phonetics-phonology 
interface. 

You,  Yu-Ling 

Interpreting  Chinese  Zero  Anaphors  within  Topic  Continuity 

Chin-Chuan  Cheng,  Advisor 

13  March  1998 

Zero  anaphors  are  widely  used  in  Chinese  discourse,  and  the  fact  that  they  can  play  any 
grammatical  role  and  the  intended  antecedents  may  be  present  in  any  grammatical  slot  makes  it 
difficult  to  interpret  zero  anaphors.  Thus,  the  recovery  of  the  referents  of  zero  anaphors  is 
traditionally  believed  to  rely  solely  on  pragmatic  information.  It  this  study,  the  Recovery  Rules 
that  are  based  upon  the  requirements  of  coherence  of  texts,  discourse  structure  and  lexical 
semantics  of  the  vocabulary  such  as  predicates  and  connectives  in  a  piece  of  text  in  question  are 
proposed  to  recover  the  referents  of  zero  anaphors  in  Chinese  discourse  within  the  scope  of  a 
topic  continuity. 


16 


The  notion  of  topic  continuity  is  defined  with  special  regard  to  Chinese  discourse 
structure;  it  is  a  coherent  sequence  of  clauses  sharing  the  same  discourse  topic  and  subsumed 
under  the  same  macroproposition.  This  notion  of  topic  continuity  is  argued  to  be  the  discourse 
unit  within  which  zero  anaphors  can  be  appropriately  interpreted,  i.e.,  the  antecedents  of  zero 
anaphors  can  be  correctly  recovered  by  the  Recovery  Rules.  These  Recovery  Rules  are 
developed  on  the  basis  of  the  analysis  of  about  800  topic  continuities  selected  from  the  first 
eighty  chapters  of  the  Chinese  classic  novel,  Hongloumeng,  and  the  rules  are  tested  against  210 
topic  continuities  taken  from  the  remaining  forty  chapters  of  the  novel.  The  finding  that  the 
Recovery  Rules  accurately  predict  the  intended  referents  of  95  percent  of  the  zero  anaphors 
found  in  the  210  topic  continuities  lends  support  to  the  assumptions  of  this  study,  i.e.,  it  is 
possible  to  interpret  Chinese  zero  anaphors  depending  on  other  than  pragmatic  information. 

The  Recovery  Rules  are  not  proposed  to  take  the  place  of  pragmatic  information  but 
intended  to  be  an  alternative  theory  for  interpreting  Chinese  zero  anaphors.  They  can  be  applied 
in  teaching  Chinese  as  a  foreign  language,  and  in  translations  between  Chinese  and  other 
languages,  such  as  English,  in  which  the  phenomenon  of  zero  anaphor  does  not  exist. 


Student  Progress 
Students  Who  Passed  the  Qualifying  Examination 

Chung,  Yu-Sun  Motohashi,  Rieko 

Jonsson,  Lars  Smiljanic,  Rajka 

Maynard,  Kelly  Tai,  Kuei-Fen 

Students  Admitted  to  the  Ph.D.  Program 

(With  title  of  obligatory  research  paper) 

Baker,  Wendy 

Examining  the  Production  ofL2  of  Three  Bilingual  Speakers:  A  Pilot  Study 

Ito,  Kiwako 

A  Reduction  Process  for  Production  of  Stop  Germinates 

Kuo,  Shin  Zu 

A  Cross-Dialect  Study  of  Oral  Stops  in  Taiwanesea  and  Cantonese 

Nollett,  Angela 

Politeness  Function  of  the  Discourse  Particle  OKAY 

Ph.D.  Preliminary  Examinations  Passed 

Adra,  Ali  (5  March  1998)  Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko  (5  May  1998) 

Ahn,  Mee  Jin  ( 1 0  March  1 998)  Iskarous,  Khalil  ( 1 9  March  1 998) 

Chen,  Si-Qing  ( 1 6  March  1 998)  Koga,  Hiroki  ( 1 2  December  1 997) 


17 


Ph.D.  Dissertations  Defended 

Donnelly,  Simon  (30  January  1998)  Kutryb,  Carol  (7  August  1997) 

Good,  Robert  ( 1 3  August  1 998)  Lin,  Huei-Ling  ( 1 7  March  1 998) 

Hsaio,  Elaine  (6  November  1997)  Min,  Su  Jung  (10  December  1997) 

Iwasaki,  Yasufumi  (30  January  1998)  Rhee,  Seok-Chae  (25  June  1998) 

Jung,  Eunha  (17  May  1998)  You,  Yu-Ling  (13  March  1998) 
Jung,  Kyu  Tae  (1 1  May  1998) 

Ph.D.  Dissertations  in  Progress 

Adra,  AH 

An  Optimality-Theoretic  Analysis  of  Syrian  Arabic  Phonology 
Charles  W.  Kisseberth,  Advisor 

Ahn,  Mee  Jin 

Vowel  Length-Driven  Syllable  Weight 
Jennifer  Cole,  Advisor 

Baxter,  David 

English  Goal  Infinitives 
Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

Chang,  Feng-Ling  (Margaret) 
Implementations  of  a  Concept/Semantics  Based  Lexical  Database  in  CALL  Lessons 

Chin-Chuan  Cheng,  Advisor 

Chen,  Shu  Fen 

Some  Issues  in  the  Translation  of  Sanskrit  Buddhist  Scriptures  in  Middle  Chinese 

Hans  Henrich  Hock,  Advisor 

Chen,  Si-Qing 

A  Study  of  Lexical  Shortening  in  Mandarin  Chinese  and  Its  Implication  for  Automatic  Text 

Segmentation 
Chin-Chuan  Cheng,  Advisor 

Cho,  Jae  Ohk 

Feature  Interpretations  and  Morphology-Syntax  Interface 
Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Advisor 

Donnelly,  Simon  Scurr 

Aspects  of  Tone  and  Voice  in  Phuthi 
Jennifer  Cole,  Advisor 

Frenck,  Susan 

Gender  in  Natural  Conversation  and  Literary  Discourse:  A  Sociolinguistic  Study 

Braj  B.  Kachru,  Advisor 


18 


Fukada-Karlin,  Atsuko 

Pragmatics  of  Japanese  Discourse  Particles 
Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

Hartkemeyer,  Dale 

*V:  An  Optimality -Theoretic  Examination  of  Vowel  Deletion 
Charles  W.  Kisseberth,  Advisor 

Hsiao,  Elaine 

Metrical  Aspects  of  Tone  Domains  in  Bantu 
Jennifer  Cole,  Advisor 

Iskarous,  Khalil 

Dynamic  Acoustic-Articulatory  Relations 
Jennifer  Cole,  Advisor 

Iwasaki.  Yasufumi 

Three  Subcategories  of  Nouns  in  Japanese 
James  Yoon,  Advisor 

Koga,  Hiroki 

A  Grammar  of  Multiple  or  Double  NP-NOM  Sentences  in  Japanese 
Peter  Lasersohn,  Advisor 

Lu,  Wen-Ying 

Sentence-Final  Particles  in  Modern  Mandarin  Chinese  as  Attitude  Markers 

Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

Mishra,  Mithilesh  K. 

Aspects  ofMaithili  Phonology 
Charles  W.  Kisseberth,  Advisor 

Makino,  Reiko 

Japanese  So-Called  Formal  Nouns  Koto  and  Maro 
Georgia  M.  Green,  Advisor 

Obenaus,  Gerhard 

The  Disambiguating  Properties  of  Collocations 
Chin-Chuan  Cheng,  Advisor 

Suzuki,  Yasuko 

The  Prosody  and  Syntax  of  Light  Elements  in  West-Germanic  Alliterative  Verse: 

Synchronic  and  Diachronic  Perspectives  on  Kuhn  's  Laws 

Hans  Henrich  Hock,  Advisor 


19 


Yunick,  Stanley 

Complex  Genres  and  Language  Learning:  A  Longitudinal  Study 
Braj  B.  Kachru,  Advisor 


Research  and  Service 
New  Publications 

Antonsen,  Elmer 

•  Editor:  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences,  27:2  (Fall  1997):  Papers  in  General 
Linguistics.  •  Review:  Otto  Jespersen:  A  linguist's  life:  An  English  translation  of  Otto 
Jespersen's  autobiography  with  notes,  photos  and  a  bibliography,  Ame  Juul,  Hans  F.  Nielsen, 
and  J0rgen  Erik  Nielsen,  (1995),  in  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences,  27:2,  pp.  181-191. 

Baxter,  David 

•  "Conjunctive  semantics  for  adjuncts:  Evidence  from  goal  infinitives,"  1997 
International  Conference  on  HPSG  in  Ithaca,  NY  (accepted  for  publication  in  collection  of 
outstanding  HPSG  papers  (due  out  summer  1998)). 

Benmamoun,  Elabbas 

•  Spec-head  agreement  and  overt  case  in  Arabic.  Specifiers:  Minimalist  Appproaches, 
Adger,  etal.  (eds.)  Oxford  University  Press,  New  York/Oxford,  pp.  110-125.  •  Licensing  of 
negative  polarity  in  Moroccan  Arabic.  Natural  Language  and  Linguistic  Theory.  #  Minimalty, 
reconstruction  and  RF  movement,  (with  Joseph  Aoun,  USC),  Linguistic  Inquiry.  #  Agreement 
in  Arabic  and  the  PF  interface.  Proceedings  of  West  Coast  Conference  on  Formal  Linguistics 
(WCCFL  XV).  Published  by  the  Center  for  the  study  of  Language  and  Information,  Stanford,  pp. 
33-47.  •  Articles:  [in  press]  (with  Joseph  Aoun,  USC)  Minimality,  reconstruction  and  PF 
movement,  Linguistic  Inquiry,  MIT  Press.  •  (with  Joseph  Aoun,  USC)  Gapping,  PF  merger,  and 
patterns  of  partial  agreement,  in  Shalom  Lappin  and  Elabbas  Benmamoun  (eds.),  Fragments: 
Studies  in  Ellipsis  and  Gapping.  Oxford  University  Press,  pp.  170-187.  #  Books:  [in  press] 
Perspective  on  Arabic  Linguistics  XI,  [co-edited  with  Mushira  Eid,  University  of  Utah  and 
Niloofar  Haeri,  Johns  Hopkins],  John  Benjamins.  •  Fragments:  Studies  in  Gapping  and 
Ellipsis,  (co-edited  with  Shalom  Lappin,  University  of  London),  Oxford  University  Press. 

Cheng,  Chin-Chuan 

•  Cheng,  C-C,  Packard,  J.  and  Yoon,  J.H.S.  (eds.),  Studies  in  Chinese  linguistics, 
Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  26,  No.  1/2,  Department  of  Linguistics,  University  of  Illinois, 
Urbana,  IL,  USA,  (1998).  •  "On  rule  effect  and  dialect  classification,"  Chinese  Languages  and 
Linguistics  IV:  Typological  Studies  of  Languages  in  China,  Symposium  Series  of  the  Institute  of 
History  and  Philology,  Academia  Sinica  Number  2,  Taipei,  (1997),  pp.  1-20.  •  "Measuring 
relationship  among  dialects:  DOC  and  related  resources".  Computational  Linguistics  &  Chinese 


20 


Language  Processing  2.1,  Taipei,  (1997),  pp.  41-72.  •  "Learning  words  with  many  texts,"  The 
Proceedings  of  the  First  International  Conference  on  Multimedia  Language  Education,  Taipei, 
The  Crane  Publishing  Co.,  (1998),  pp.  1-12. 

Cole,  Jennifer 

•  [to  appear]  "Deconstructing  metaphony,"  in  Rivista  di  Linguistica.  #  Cole,  J.  and  C. 
Kisseberth.  "Restricting  multi-level  constraint  evaluation:  Opaque  rule  interaction  in  Yawelmani 
vowel  harmony,"  in  K.  Suzuki  and  D.  Elzinga  (eds.),  (1997).  Proceedings  of  the  Arizona 
Phonology  Conference,  pp.  18-38.  •  Cole  J.,  and  J.  I.  Hualde,  "The  object  of  lexical  acquisition: 
A  UR-free  model,"  in  Proceedings  of  the  34'h  Regional  Meeting  of  the  Chicago  Linguistic 
Society.  •  "Integrating  the  phonetics  and  phonology  of  tone  alignment,"  in  M.  Broe  and  J. 
Pierrehumber  (eds.),  Papers  in  Laboratory  Phonology,  V.  Cambridge:  Cambridge  University 
Press.  •  [under  review]  "Deletion  and  recoverability  in  Klamath,"  (1997)  [submitted] 
Linguistic  Inquiry.  #  Cole,  J.  and  E.  Hsiao,  "Gradient  alignment  in  the  analysis  of  Sukuma 
tone,"  (1997)  [submitted]  Natural  Language  and  Linguistic  Theory.  #  [in  preparation]  Cole,  J., 
J.  I.  Hualde,  and  K.  Iskarous,  "An  acoustic  investigation  of  variation  in  Spanish  spirantization, 
(1997). 

Frenck,  Susan 

•  [guest  editor]  "Symposium  on  linguistic  creativity  in  LGBT  discourse,"  World 
Englishes,  17.2  (July  1998),  pp.  187-261. 

Goldberg,  Adele 

•  (1997),  Relationships  between  verb  and  construction.  In  Marjolijn  Verspoor  and  Eve 
Sweetser  (eds.),  Lexicon  and  Grammar.  John  Benjamins.  •  (1997),  (with  Nitya  Sethuraman  and 
Judith  Goodman),  "Using  the  semantics  associated  with  syntactic  frames  of  interpretation 
without  the  aid  of  non-linguistic  context,"  Eve  Clark  (ed.),  Proceedings  of  the  Twenty-Seventh 
Annual  Child  Language  Research  Forum.  CSLI  Publications.  •  (1997),  Construction  Grammar, 
in  E.K.  Brown  and  J.E.  Miller  (eds.).  Concise  Encyclopedia  of  Syntactic  Theories.  New  York: 
Elsevier  Science.  •  ( 1998),  Semantic  principles  of  predication,  in  Conceptual  Structure, 
Discourse  and  Language.  Jean-Pierre  Koening  (ed.).  CSLI  Publications.  •  Reviewer:  NSF, 
Language,  MIT  Press,  Child  Development,  Mouton,  Oxford  University  Press,  Journal  of 
Linguistics,  and  Cognitive  Linguistics. 

Green,  Georgia 

•  [in  press]  (co-editor  with  R.D.  Levine)  Studies  in  contemporary  phrase  structure 
grammar.  Cambridge,  University  Press.  •  [in  press]  (with  R.D.  Levine)  Introduction,  studies  in 
contemporary  phrase  structure  grammar,  R.D.  Levine  and  G.  M.  Green  (eds.).  Cambridge 
University  Press.  •  [in  press]  Head-driven  phrase  structure  grammar.  MIT  Encyclopedia  of 
Cognitive  Science.  MIT  Press.  •  [in  press]  The  rise  and  fall  of  generative  semantics. 
(Collection  of  papers  by  Robin  Lakoff),  Laurel  Sutton  (ed.).    Oxford  University  Press.  •  [in 


21 


press]  Fundamentals  of  HPSG.  Non-transformational  syntax:  A  guide  to  current  models,  Kersti 
Borjars  and  Robert  Borsley,  (eds.).  Oxford:  Blackwell.  •  [in  preparation]  Modeling  grammar 
growth:  Universal  grammar  without  innate  principles  or  parameters. 

Hartkemeyer,  Dale 

•  "Romancing  the  vowels:  An  optimality-theoretic  account  of  vowel  loss  from  Vulgar 
Latin  to  early  Western  Romance."  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  27:1  (Spring  97),  pp.  99- 
117. 

Hock,  Hans  Henrich 

•  Chronology  or  genre?  Problems  in  Vedic  Syntax.  Inside  the  Texts  -  Beyond  the 
Texts:  New  Approaches  to  the  Study  of  Vedas,  ed.,  by  Michael  Witzel,  pp.  103-126.  Harvard 
Oriental  Series,  Opera  Minora,  2.  Cambridge,  MA:  Harvard  University,  (1997).  #  Through  a 
glass  darkly:  Modern  "racial"  interpretations  vs.  textual  and  general  prehistoric  evidence  on  arya 
and  dasa/dasyu  in  Vedic  society.    Proceedings  of  the  Conference  on  Aryan  and  non-Aryan  in 

Early  India,  ed.,  by  Johannes  Bronkhorst  and  Madhav  Deshpande.  #  Out  of  India?  The 
Linguistic  Evidence.  Proceedings  of  the  Conference  on  Aryan  and  non- Aryan  in  early  India,  ed., 
by  Johannes  Bronkhorst  and  madhav  Deshpande.  •  Analogical  change.  A  handbook  of 
historical  linguistics,  Richard  Janda  and  Brian  D.  Joseph,  (eds.).  Amsterdam/Philadelphia: 
Benjamins.  •  Review:  Substrata  versus  universals  in  Creole  genesis:  Papers  from  the 
Amsterdam  Creole  workshop,  (April  1985),  Pieter  Muysken  and  Norval  Smith,  (eds.),  World 
Englishes  16:  2,  pp.  304-308,  (1997). 

Hualde,  Jose  I. 

•  "Spanish  l\l  and  related  sounds:  An  exercise  in  phonemic  analysis,"  Studies  in  the 
Linguistic  Sciences,  27:2.  Pp.  61-79,  (Fall  1997). 

Kachru,  Braj  B. 

•  "Opening  borders  with  world  Englishes:  Theory  in  the  classroom,"  in  On  JALT96: 
Crossing  Borders  (Keynote  speech  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  JALT  1996  International 
Conference  on  Language  Teaching  and  Learning,  edited  by  Steve  Cornwell,  Peggy  Rule,  Toshik 
Sugino,  Tokyo,  (1997),  pp.  10-20.  •"Crossing  borders:  Making  connection"  (JALT  Final 
Panel)  ibid.  pp.  241-243.  •  [in  press]  "Models  for  nonnative  Englishes,"  in  English  in  New 
Cultural  Contexts  (off  print  collection  of  selected  papers).  Open  University  Degree  Program. 
Singapore  Institute  of  Management,  Singapore.  •  [in  press]  "Speech  community,"  in  Concise 
Encyclopedia  of  Pragmatics,  edited  by  Jacob  L.  Mey.  Oxford:  Elsevier  Science  Ltd.  •  "English 
as  an  Asian  language"  Links  &  Letters,  no  5,  (1998),  pp.  89-108  (an  updated  version  originally 
published  in  1996).  •  "Views  on  Englishes,"  An  interview,  Links  &  Letters,  no. 5,  (1998),  pp. 
225-241 .  •  [in  press]  "Raja  Rao:  Madhyama  and  Mantra,"  in  Word  as  Mantra:  The  Art  of  Raja 
Rao,  Robert  L.  Hardgrave,  (ed.).  New  Delhi:  Katha.  •  "Language  in  Indian  society,"  in  Ananya: 
A  Portrait  of  India,  S.N.  Sridhar  and  Nirmal  K.  Matto  (eds.),  New  York:  The  Association  of 
Indians  in  America,  (1998),  pp.  555-585. 


22 


Kachru,  Yamuna 

•  "Culture  and  argumentative  writing  in  world  Englishes,"  in  Michael  Forman  and  Larry 
E.    Smith   (eds.),    World  Englishes  2000,   University   of  Hawaii   Press,   (1997),   pp.   48-67. 

•  "Culture  meaning  and  contrastive  rhetoric  in  English  education,"  in  Vijay  Bhatia  (ed.)  Special 
Issue  on  Discourse  and  Genre,  in  World  Englishes  16.3,  (1997),  pp.  337-350.  •  "Culture, 
variation  and  English  language  education,"  in  Steve  Cornwell,  Peggy  Rule  and  Toshiko  Sugino 
(eds.).  On  J  ALT  96:  Crossing  Borders,  The  Proceedings  of  the  JALT  1996  Conference  on 
Language  Teaching  and  Learning,  Tokyo,  (1997),  pp.  199-210.  •  "Culture  and  communication 
in  India,"  S.N.  Sridhar  and  Nirmal  Mattoo  (eds.),  Ananya,  New  York:  The  Association  of 
Indians  in  America,  pp.  645-663.  •  [invited/in  press]  "Culture,  context  and  writing,"  Eli  Hinkel 
(ed.),   Culture   in  Second  Language   Teaching  and  Learning,   Cambridge  University   Press. 

#  "Context,  creativity  and  style:  Indianization  in  Raja  Rao's  novels,"  Robert  L.  Hardgrave 
(ed.),  Word  as  Mantra:  The  Art  of  Raja  Rao,  New  Delhi:  Katha. 

Kim,  Chin-Woo 

•  (1997a),  "Theory  and  data  in  linguistics".  In  Festschrift  for  Professor  Hang-Geun 
Cho,  pp.  1 13-128.  Chongju,  Korea:  Chungbuk  National  University  Press.  •  (1997b),  "Notes  on 
teaching  Korean  phonology,"  in  Committee  for  SAT-II  Korean  (ed.),  Teaching  Korean  in  the 
U.S.,  Los  Angeles,  CA:  Academia  Koreana.  •  (1997c),  "The  structure  of  phonological  units  in 
Han'gul,"  in  Y-K.  Kim-Renaud  (ed.),  The  Korean  Alphabet:  Its  history  and  structure,  pp.  145- 
160.  Honolulu,  HI:  University  of  Hawaii  Press.  •  (1997d),  Optimality  theory:  An  introduction. 
(co-authored  with  Sang-Buom  Cheon,  Cook  Chung,  and  Young-Seok  Kim),  Seoul,  Korea: 
Hanshin  Publishers.  [Linguistic  Society  of  Korea  Special  Lecture  Series,  #3].  #(19976), 
"Phonology  for  the  hearer,"  in  Hwang  Gye-Jung  (ed.),  Aesthetics  of  Language,  pp.  341-372. 
Seoul,  Korea:  Kukhak-caryowon.  •  [to  appear]  (1998a),  "Unrelease  in  Korean  stops  revisited" 
(with  Seok-Chae  Rhee),  Harvard  Studies  in  Korean  Linguistics  VII.  #  [to  appear]  (1998b), 
"Korean  as  a  foreign  language  and  as  a  heritage  language."  The  Korean  Language  in  the  2V 
Century,  Seoul,  Korea:  The  Korean  Language  Society. 

Lasersohn,  Peter 

•  "Events  in  the  semantics  of  collectivizing  adverbails,"  in  Events  and  Grammar,  S. 
Rothstein,  (ed.),  Kluwer  Academic  Publishers,  Dordrecht,  (1998),  pp.  273-292.  #  "Generalized 
distributivity  operators,"  Linguistics  and  Philosophy  21.1,  pp.  83-93,  (1998). 

Lehman,  F.K. 

•  (with  Kenneth  Van  Bik),  "Notes  on  Lai  Chin  personal  pronouns  and  overt  case 
marking,"  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences,  27:2,  pp.  81-86,  (Fall  1997). 

Lin,  Huei-Ling 

•  "The  parallelism  between  phrasal  resultatives  and  object-oriented  resultative 
compounds,"  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences,  27:2,  pp.  87-1 12,  (Fall  1997). 


23 


Mack,  Molly 

•  "The  monolingual  native  speaker:  Not  a  norm,  but  still  a  necessity,"  Studies  in  the 
Linguistic  Sciences,  27:2,  pp.  1 13-146,  (Fall  1997). 

Min,  Su  Jung 

•  "Constructing  ideology:  A  critical  linguistic  analysis,"  Studies  in  the  Linguistic 
Sciences,  27:2m  pp.  147-165,  (Fall  1997). 

Pandharipande,  Rajeshwari 

•  Book:  A  Grammar  of  Marathi.  Routledge,  (November  1997).  •[invited  chapter] 
"Hinduism:  The  quest  for  one  in  many,"  (August  97),  in  S.N.  Sridhar,  and  Nirmal  K.  Mattoo 
(eds.)  Anaya:  A  Portrait  of  India,  New  York:  Association  of  Indians  in  America,  pp.  237-278. 
•  Articles/Papers:  "Is  genetic  connection  relevant  in  code-mixing?:  The  case  of  Sanskrit- 
Marathi  code-mixing,  (1997).  In  Rudolfo  Jacobson  (ed.),  Code-mixing  as  a  Worldwide 
Phenomenon,  Mouton,  pp.  201-220.  •  [invited/in  press]  "Mixing  as  method:  Issues  in  the 
English  translation  of  the  Sanskrit  texts,"  (1998),  in  The  Three  Circles  of  English,  University  of 
Singapore.  •  Bibliography:  "Language  of  Religion:  Cross-religious  perspectives,"  part  of  the 
Campus  Research  Board  Grant  (1996-97). 

Silverman,  Daniel 

•  Book:  (1997)  Phasing  and  recoverability.  Outstanding  dissertations  in  linguistics 
series.  New  York:  Garland.  #  Refereed  Publications:  (1997)  "Laryngeal  complexity  in 
otomanguean  vowels,"  Phonology  14.2,  pp.  235-261.  •  (1997)  "Tone  sandhi  in  Comaltepec 
Chinantec,"  Language  73.3,  pp.  473-492.  •  Conference  Proceedings:  [to  appear]  "English 
alveolar  stops,  and  the  nature  of  allophony,"  Proceedings  of  NELS  28,  (1998). 

Yoon,  James 

•  (1997)  "Coordination  asymmetries,"  in  S.  Kuno  et.al.  eds.,  Harvard  Studies  in  Korean 
Linguistics-7,  Hanshin:  Seoul.  •  [to  appear]  (1998)  "The  Dissociation  between  external  and 
internal  syntax  and  its  implications  for  morphosyntactic  interaction,"  Language  Research,  Seoul. 

Zgusta,  Ladislav 

•  Published  numerous  reviews  of  recent  dictionaries  of  Czech,  Slovak,  Itzaj  maya,  Batad 
Ifugao,  Spanish  (Indo-European  etymological),  and  reviews  of  other  works  on  placenames  of  the 
world,  Polish  surnames,  Bohemian  microtoponyms,  and  the  history  of  Spanish-language 
lexicography.  •  Review  article:  Michael  Toolan  (1995),  Total  Speech:  An  Integrational 
Linguistic  Approach  to  Language,  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences,  27:2,  pp.  183-188,  (Fall 
1997). 

Papers  Read 

Baxter,  David 

•  "Conjunctive  semantics  for  adjuncts:  Evidence  from  goal  infinitives,"  1997 
International  Conference  on  HPSG  in  Ithaca,  NY. 


24 


Benmamoun,  Elabbas 

#  (May  1998)  PF-Merger,  Semitic  Syntax  Conference,  University  of  Southern 
California.  #  (April  1998)  "Language  policy  and  its  political  and  social  dimensions:  The  case  of 
Morocco  in  the  colonial  and  post-colonial  periods,"  The  Center  of  African  Studies,  University  of 
Illinois.  #  (February  1998)  Series  of  lectures  on  Arabic  syntax,  University  of  Southern 
California. 

Chen,  Shu-Fen 

#  "A  study  of  Sanskrit  loanwords  in  Chinese,"  presented  at  the  Sixth  International 
Conference  on  Chinese  Linguistics,  Leiden  University,  The  Netherlands,  (19-21   June  97). 

•  "Lexical  translation  and  transliteration  in  the  Diamond  Sutra,"  presented  at  The  Seventh 
Annual  Meeting  of  the  International  Association  of  Chinese  Linguistics  &  The  Tenth  North 
American  Conference  on  Chinese  Linguistics,  Stanford  University,  (26-28  June  98). 

Cheng,  Chin-Chuan 

#  [invited  paper]  "Automated  determination  of  speaker's  gender".  Research  Seminars 
on  Experimental  Phonetics  and  Speech  Science,  Department  of  Chinese,  Translation  and 
Linguistics,  City  University  of  Hong  Kong,  (14  November  97).  #  [invited  paper]  "The  least  is 
the  fastest:  A  raw  text  search  program  for  work  learning".  Computer  Science  Seminar  Series 
Jointly  Organized  by  Department  of  Computer  Science,  IEEE  (HK)  Computer  Chapter  and 
Language  Information  Sciences  Research  Centre,  City  University  of  Hong  Kong,  (17  November 
1997).  •  "CORA  reading  lessons  on  the  Internet:  A  Chinese  learner's  dictionary".  Chinese 
Language  Teachers  Association  Annual  Meeting,  Nashville,  TN,  USA,  (21   November  97). 

•  [Keynote  speech]  "How  many  words  do  you  know?,"  1997  Linguistic  Society  of  Hong  Kong 
Annual  Research  Forum,  University  of  Hong  Kong,  (6  December  97).  #  [keynote  speech] 
"Focused  extensive  reading:  computer-assisted  vocabulary  learning".  The  Fifth  International 
Symposium  on  Chinese  Language  Teaching,  Taipei.  (27  December  97).  •  "Active  vocabulary," 
Linguistics  Seminar,  University  of  Illinois,  (19  March  98).  •  [invited  paper]  Cheng,  C-C,  and 
Wang,  W.  S-Y.,  "Occurrences  of  Chinese  characters  in  the  twenty-five  histories,"  The  Fifth 
Annual  Symposium  on  Chinese  Linguistics,  Chao  Yuen  Ren  Center  for  Chinese  Linguistics, 
Berkeley,  USA,  (21-22  March  98).  •  [invited  paper]  "Studying  human  lexical  cognition  on  the 
basis  of  the  four  collections  of  Chinese  documents".  Symposium  on  Humanities  Computing, 
Academia  Sinica,  Taipei,  (1  May  98).  •  "Raising  Cantonese  speakers'  phonological  awareness: 
Project  on  teaching  Jyutping  and  Pinyin,"  Language  and  Information  Sciences  Research  Centre 
&  Department  of  Chinese,  Translation  and  Linguistics  Joint  Seminar,  City  University  of  Hong 
Kong,  (7  May  98).  •  [invited]  "Use  of  computers  in  Chinese  dialect  studies,"  Special  Lecture, 
Chinese  Phonology  Association  and  Chungshan  University,  Kaohsiung,  Taiwan,  (13  May  98). 

#  [invited  paper]  "Extra-linguistic  data  for  understanding  dialect  mutual  intelligibility,"  Panel 
discussion,  Annual  Meeting  of  pacific  Neighborhood  Consortium,  Taipei,  (15-18  May  98). 

#  [invited  paper]  "Quantitative  for  understanding  human  cognition,"  Round  Table  Conference 
on  Quantitative  and  Computational  Studies  on  the  Chinese  Language,  City  University  of  Hong 
Kong,  (26-27  May  98).  •  [invited  paper]  "Conference  summaries,"  Round  Table  Conference  on 
Quantitative  and  Computational  Studies  on  the  Chinese  Language,  City  University  of  Hong 
Kong,   (26-27    May   98).    #  [invited   paper]    "In    search   of  perceptual    distance   for   mutual 


25 


intelligibility  calculation:  Comments  of  conference  papers,"  Conference  on  Phonetics  of  the 
Languages  of  China,  City  University  of  Hong  Kong,  (28-30  May  98).  •  Cheng,  C-C,  and  T'sou, 
B.,  "Making  it  work  like  a  good  language  teacher,"  Global  Chinese  Conference  on  Computers  in 
Education,  Chinese  University  of  Hong  Kong,  (11-13  June  98). 

Cole,  Jennifer 

•  (July  1998)  "Contrast  and  phonetic  variation:  Factors  governing  the  continuancy  of 
[\ipagamma]  in  Spanish  and  Arabic,"  (with  J.  I.  Hualde  and  K.  Iskarous),  poster  presentation  at 
the  Conference  on  Laboratory  Phonology  V,  University  of  York.  •  (April  1998)  "The  object  of 
lexical  acquisition:      A  UR-free  model,"  (with  J.   I.  Hualde),  Chicago  Linguistic  Society. 

•  (March  1998)  "Current  issues  in  phonology,"  Mind,  Brain,  Language  seminar,  Center  for 
Advanced  Study,  University  of  Illinois.  •(November  1997)  "Two  views  on  phonological 
alternations,"  (with  J.  I.  Hualde),  Mid-Continental  Workshop  in  Phonology,  3.  •  (May  1997) 
"Transitive  inference  in  optimality  theory,"  (with  David  Guest,  presenter)  and  Gary  Dell,  69lh 
Annual  Meeting  of  the  Midwestern  Psychological  Association.  #  (February  1997)  "Is  Spanish 
spirantization  a  unitary  process?:  Some  experimental  evidence,"  (with  J.  I.  Hualde  ,  presenter), 
Linguistics  Symposium  on  Romance  Languages  27. 

Frenck,  Susan 

•  "Sexual  orientation  in  language  use:  Couples  in  conversation,"  Twelfth  Annual 
International  Conference  on  Pragmatics  and  Language  Learning,  University  of  Illinois  at 
Urbana-Champaign,  (26-28  February  1998).  •  (with  Su  Jung  Min),  "Intelligibility,  literature  in 
Englishes,  and  implications  for  the  canon  and  the  classroom,"  The  Twelfth  Annual  International 
Conference  on  Pragmatics  and  Language  Learning,  University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign, 
(26-28  February  1998).  •  "The  role  of  the  reader  in  the  interpretability  of  English  literature 
across  cultures,"  Red  River  Conference  on  World  Literature,  North  Dakota  State  University,  (24- 
26  April  1998). 

Goldberg,  Adele 

•  Discussant  at  Argument  Structure  Workshop,  Max  Plank  Institute,  Nijmegen,  The 
Netherlands,  (25-29  June  1998).  •  Discussant  at  Whither  Whorf  Workshop,  Northwestern 
University,  sponsored  by  the  Cognitive  Science  Program,  (25-29  May  1998).  •  [invited  lecture] 
"The  emergence  of  argument  structure  semantics,"  Northwestern  University,  Cognitive  Science 
Program,  (11  April  1998).  •  [invited  lecture]  "The  acquisition  of  the  semantics  of  argument 
structure  constructions,"  University  of  Chicago,  Psychology  Department,  (5-6  February  1998). 

#  "The  emergence  of  the  semantics  of  argument  structure  constructions,"  NSF  sponsored 
Symposium  on  Cognition:  Emergentist  Approaches  in  Language,  Carnegie  Mellon  University, 
(29  May  1997).  •  "On  the  centrality  of  the  "periphery"  for  theories  of  acquisition,"  Society  for 
Research  in  Child  Development,  Washington,  DC,  (6  April  1997).  •  [invited  lecture]  "A 
construction  grammar  approach  to  argument  structure,"  Workshop  on  Construction  Grammar, 
University  of  Oregon  Linguistics  Department,  (24-25  February  1997). 


26 


Hartkemeyer,  Dale 

•  "Syncope  in  two  dialects  of  Basque:  An  optimality-theoretic  account  of  vowel  loss." 
At  51"  annual  Kentucky  Foreign  Language  Conference,  University  of  Kentucky  at  Lexinton,  (18 
April  98). 

Hock,  Hans  Henrich 

•  [invited  paper]  Some  advantages  of  agnosticism:  Typology,  philology,  and  the 
question  of  early  Sanskrit/Dravidian  convergence.  Workshop  on  Typological  Change:  Causes 
and  Courses,  13lh  International  Conference  on  Historical  Linguistics,  Dusseldorf,  (15  August 
1997).  •  [invited  paper]  Some  problems  of  Sanskrit  agreement:  Conjoined  antecedents  and 
structures  with  numerals.  International  Seminar  on  Agreement,  Delhi  University,  (January, 
1998).  •  Session  Chair:  International  Seminar  on  Agreement,  Delhi  University,  January,  1998. 
#  Arabic  Linguistics  Conference,  UIUC,  (6  March  1998).  •  [invited  paper]  'In  the  end  is  my 
Beginning:  Finality,  Prosody,  and  Change'  at  a  conference  "The  rest  is  silence:  Synchronic  and 
diachronic  perspectives  on  utterance-final  phenomena,"  to  be  held  at  The  Ohio  State  University, 
(September  1998). 

Kachru,  Yamuna 

•  "Discourse  competence  in  world  Englishes:  Implications  for  languages  of  wider 
communication,"  paper  presented  at  The  Three  Circles  of  English:  Conference  in  Honor  of  Braj 
B.  Kachru,  Singapore,  (17  December  1997).  •  "Culture  and  language,"  presentation  at  the 
Seminar  on  Mind,  Brain  and  Language,  Center  for  Advanced  Study,  University  of  Illinois,  (4 
February  1998). 

Kim,  Chin-Woo 

•  "The  graphic  structure  of  the  Korean  script."  Linguistics  Seminar,  Department  of 
Linguistics,  University  of  Illinois,  (9  October  97).  •  [invited  speaker]  The  6th  International 
Conference  on  Korean  Linguistics  Commemorating  the  600lh  Anniversary  of  King  Sejong's 
Birth.  The  Korean  Language  Society,  Seoul,  Korea.  "Korean  as  a  heritage  language  and  as  a 
foreign  language,  (12-16  October  97).  #  Organized  an  international  symposium  on  Literacy  and 
Writing  Systems  in  Asia,  Part  I.  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana,  IL,  (1-2  May  97).  #  [invited 
keynote  speaker]  1  llh  Biennial  Conference  of  the  International  Circle  of  Korean  Linguistics, 
Honolulu,  HI.  "Problems  of  reduplication  in  Korean,"  (13-14  July  1997).  #  [invited  speaker] 
The  3rd  International  Conference  on  Teaching  Korean  as  a  Foreign  Language.  Acakemia 
Koreana,  Los  Angeles,  CA,  (30  July  -  1  August  98). 

Lasersohn,  Peter 

•  "Comments  on  the  papers  by  Bittner  and  Chierchia,"  Conference  on  Cross-Linguistic 
Variation  in  Semantics,  Cornell  University,  (26-27  July  1997). 

Pandharipande,  Rajeshwari 

•  "You  are  my  Guru:  The  teacher-student  relationship  in  the  Bhagavadgita,"  at  the 
International  Getta  Conference,  UIUC,  (14-15  September  97).  •"Constructing  the  Hindu 
identity  in  the  U.S,"  at  the  Meeting  of  the  Getta  Mandal  of  Indianapolis,  (9  October  97). 


27 


•  [invited  paper]  Annual  Conference  of  the  National  Organization  of  the  Teachers  of 
Uncommonly  taught  Languages,  Madison,  WI,  (October  97).  •  "Mixing  as  method:  Issues  in 
the  English  translations  of  the  Sanskrit  texts,"  at  the  International  Conference  "The  three  circles 
of  English"  A  Conference  in  Honor  of  Professor  Braj  B.  Kachru,"  National  University  of 
Singapore,  (16-18  December  97).  #  [invited  paper]  "Yoga  in  the  Bhagavadgita,"  at  the  Yoga 
Center  of  Urbana,  (5  February  98).  #  [invited  keynote]  "Language  as  culture,"  at  the 
International  Asia  Festival  held  in  Cincinnati,  OH,  (4  April  98). 

Silverman,  Daniel 

•  (1998)  "Pitch  discrimination  during  breathy  versus  modal  phonation,"  oral 
presentation  at  LabPhon6,  York  University,  UK.  #  (1997)  English  Alveolar  Stops,  and  the 
Nature  of  Allophony,  NELS  28,  Toronto,  Canada.  #(1997)  Pitch  Discrimination  During 
Breathy  Versus  Modal  Phonation  (final  results),  ASA  134,  San  Diego,  CA. 

Yoon,  James 

•  "Coordination  asymmetries,"  invited  plenary  lecture  at  the  7lh  Harvard  International 
Symposium  on  Korean  Linguistics,  Cambridge,  MA,  (July  97).  #  "Mixed  categories  and  the 
lexical  integrity  principle,"  presented  at  the  monthly  meeting  of  the  Korean  Language  and 
Information  Society,  Seoul,  (October  97).  •  [invited  lecture]  "The  dissociation  between  external 
and  internal  syntax  and  its  implications  for  morphosyntactic  interaction,"  English  Department- 
Graduate   College   of  Education    Symposium,   Myongji    University,   Seoul,    (November   97). 

•  "External  vs.  internal  syntax,  mixed  categories  and  the  interaction  between  morphology  and 
syntax."  Department  of  Linguistics  seminar,  U  of  I,  (February  98),  also  presented  at  the  monthly 
meeting  of  the  Generative  Grammar  Circle  of  Korea,  (May  98).  #  [invited  commentary]  papers 
on  Case-Markers  and  Special  Particles,  lO*  International  Conference  on  Korean  Linguistics, 
University  of  Hawaii,  Manoa,  (July  98). 

Zgusta,  Ladislav 

•  [invited]  "The  achievements  and  future  tasks  of  lexicography".  Copenhagen 
Symposium  on  Lexicography.  Copenhagen,  Denmark,  (April  1998). 

Individual  Recognition  and  Projects 

Benmamoun,  Elabbas 

•  Elected  to  the  Board  of  the  Arabic  Linguistic  Society.  •  Appointed  Editor  of  the 
Series:  Perspectives  on  Arabic  Linguistics  (John  Benjamins).  •  Organized  conference  at  the 
University  of  Illinois  on  Arabic  linguistics.  •  Projects:  Work  in  progress  on  book  on 
Comparative  Syntax  with  Focus  on  Arabic  dialects. 

Chen,  Shu-Fen 

•  Dissertation  Research  Grant  from  Chiang  Ching-Kuo  Foundation  for  International 
Scholarly  Exchange,  (July  1997  -  June  1998).  The  amount  of  $15,000  was  granted  for 
dissertation  topic  on  "Some  Issues  in  the  Translation  of  Sanskrit  Buddhist  Scriptures  in  Middle 
Chinese." 


28 


Cheng,  Chin-Chuan 

•  Editor:  International  Review  of  Chinese  Linguistics.  •  Associate  Editor:  Journal  of 
Chinese  Linguistics.  •  Honorary  Advisor:  Global  Chinese  Journal  for  Computers  in  Education. 

#  Member:  Humanities,  Social  Sciences  and  Business  Studies  Panel,  Research  Grants  Council, 
Hong  Kong.  Advisory  Board,  Institute  of  Linguistics  (Preparatory  Office),  Academia,  Sinica, 
Taiwan.  #  Director:  Chinese  Online  Reading  Assistant  Project,  USA.  #  Chair:  Program 
Committee,  Global  Chinese  Conference  on  Computers  in  Education,  Chinese  University  of  Hong 
Kong,  (11-13  June  98). 

Goldberg,  Adele 

•  Consulting  Editor:  Cognitive  Linguistics.  #  Director:  1999  LSA  Linguistic  Institute  at 
UIUC,  since  Fall  1997.  •  Organizing  committee  for  Territories  and  Boundaries  Conference. 

Green,  Georgia 

•  Grants:  Toward  a  personally  engaging  Computer  Companion,  as  co-principal 
investigator.  •  Yamaha  Corporation,  1997-1999  (with  George  McConkie,  Tom  Huang,  Jerry 
Morgan.  Jim  Levin,  Jerry  DeJong,  Michelle  Perry,  and  Yunxin  Zhao). 

Hock,  Hans  Henrich 

•  Administrative  positions,  etc.:  Associate  Director,  Program  in  South  Asian  and 
Middle  Eastern  Studies,  1996-1997.  Among  other  activities,  organized,  in  cooperation  with 
members  of  the  Program,  a  lecture  series,  "India  50,"  and  other  events  in  recognition  of  India's 
50th  anniversary  of  independence;  helped  develop  an  India  Studies  fundraising  initiative  whose 
ultimate  goal  is  a  rotating  professorship;  worked  on  establishing  an  exchange  program  with 
Jawaharlal  Nehru  University,  Delhi,  India.  Invited  to  be  a  member  of  the  campus  search 
committee  for  a  Visiting  Program  Director  for  International  Outreach.  •  Chair:  Study  Abroad 
Faculty  Committee  for  Africa,  West  Asia,  and  South  Asia,  (1997-1998).  ♦  Director:  1999 
Linguistics  Institute  of  the  Linguistic  Society  of  America,  to  be  hosted  by  the  Department  of 
Linguistics.  •  Member:  Ad-hoc  Committee  of  the  Linguistic  Society  of  America  for  the 
Society's  75'h  Anniversary  Celebrations.  •Trustee:  UIUC  to  the  American  Institute  of  Indian 
Studies.  #  Grants:  Partial  support  from  International  Programs  and  Studies  for  follow-up 
negotiations  on  an  exchange  program  with  Jawaharlal  Nehru  University,  New  Delhi  (India), 
(January  1998),  and  to  attend  the  Trustees  Meeting,  American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies,  (March 
1998).  #  Other  Honors:  Invited  to  be  Honorary  Advisor,  MS  University  of  Baroda  (India) 
Linguistic  Association,  (1997).  #  Research  Proposal  Reviews:  NEH,  NSF,  and  UIUC  Campus 
Research  Board.  •  General  Research  Interest  and  Current  Research:  General  historical  and 
comparative  linguistics  (all  areas),  comparative  and  diachronic  syntax  of  Indo-European 
languages  (especially  Sanskrit/Indo-Aryan,  Germanic,  Latin);  Sanskrit  linguistics  (synchronic 
and  diachronic,  syntax,  phonology,  language  contact,  sociolinguistics;  Vedic,  modern  spoken 
Sanskrit);    convergence    phenomena;    clitics,    prosody,    and   the    phonology/syntax    interface. 

•  Current  research  on  the  prosody  of  intonational  phrases  and  its  effects  on  segmental  and 
suprasegmental  phonology  and  morphosyntax. 


29 


Kachru,  Braj  B. 

•  Named  the  Sir  Edward  Yude  Fund  Visiting  Professor,  the  Hong  Kong  University, 
Hong  Kong  (1998).  •  Invited  as  Keynote  speaker,  12lh  World  Congress  of  Applied  Linguistics, 
(1999),  Tokyo.  #  Member:  Editorial  Board,  Language  Contact  (Book  Series),  Cambridge 
University  Press,  Cambridge.  •  [Editorial  Consulting  Board]  Links  &  Letters,  Universitat 
Autonoma  de  Barcelona,  Spain.  #  [Organizing  Committee]  Symposium  on  Literacy  and  Writing 
Systemsin  Asia,  Commemorating  the  600  Anniversary  of  the  Birth  of  King  Sejong  of  Korea, 
University  of  Illinois,  Urbana,  (1-2  May  1998).  •  Committee  to  Select  the  University  Scholars, 
University  of  Illinois,  Urbana,  1998.  •  Committee  on  Endowed  Appointments,  University  of 
Illinois,  Urbana,  1998.  •  Editorial  Advisor:  Asian  Englishes,  An  International  Journal  of  the 
Sociolinguistics  of  English  in  Asia/Pacific,  Tokyo.  •  Chair:  the  George  A.  Miller  Committee, 
the  Center  for  Advanced  Study,  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana,  (1998). 

Kachru,  Yamuna 

•  Research  Board  Grant  (1997-98).  •[invited]  Editorial  Board  of  English  in  Asia, 
electronic  journal  published  by  National  Institute  of  Education,  Singapore  (1998-  ).  •  [invited] 
Keynote  speaker  at  International  Conference  on  South  Asian  Language  Analysis  (SALA  XIX), 
York,  England,  (July  1998),  (declined). 

Kim,  Chin-Woo 

•  Chair:  Language  and  Linguistics  Committee,  The  International  Society  for  Korean 
Studies,  Osaka,  Japan.  •  Board  Member:  The  William  Orr  Dingwall  Foundation,  San 
Francisco,  CA.  •  Editorial  Advisor:  Chosun  America  (A  weekly  publication  for  Koreans 
abroad).  Los  Angeles,  CA. 

Lasersohn,  Peter 

•  [invited  Commentator]  Conference  on  Cross-Linguistic  Variation  in  Semantics, 
Cornell  University,  (26-27  July  1997).  •  Referee:  Linguistics  and  Philosophy,  Natural 
Language  Semantics,  Semantics  and  Linguistic  Theory.  •  Thesis  Committees:  Hiroki  Koga. 
David  Baxter,  Reiko  Makino,  and  Atsuko  Fukada-Karlin.  •  Service  Committees:  Admissions 
and  Fellowships  and  Student  Evaluation  and  Examination.  •  Research:  Development  of  a 
pragmatic  theory  of  vagueness  and  semantic  qranularity;  event-mereological  semantics  for 
plurality  and  conjunction. 

Pandharipande,  Rajeshwari 

•  Chaired  Search  Committee:  for  the  position  for  Japanese  Religion.  Program  for  the 
Study  of  Religion  and  Department  of  East  Asian  Languages  and  Cultures.  •  LAS  Committee  on 
Humanities  and  Creative  Arts  (Fall  97  &  Spring  98).  •  Executive  Committee  of  South  and 
Middle  Eastern  Studies  (Fall  97  -  Spring  98).  •  Coordinator  for  the  Hindi  program,  Department 
of  Linguistics  (Fall  97  &  Spring  98).  •  Organization  Committee  of  the  Getta  Conference 
(September  97).  •  Organization  Committee  of  the  Graduate  Course  on  Diaspora,  Identity,  and 
Creative  Arts.     Funded  by  the  Ford  Foundation  and  Sponsored  by  the  International  Studies 


30 


Program  at  UIUC  (Spring  98).  •  Member:  Asian  American  Studies  (Fall  97).  #  Courses  and 
Curricula  Committee,  Department  of  Linguistics  (Spring  98). 

Yoon,  James 

•  PI,  Morphological  vs.  Syntactic  Categories  (grant  from  Seoul  National  University). 

•  Co-PI,  Lexical  Semantic  Representation  of  Korean  Based  on  Predicate  Meaning  (grant  from 
the  Ministry  of  Science  and  Technology,  Korea).  •  Co-PI,  Cambridge  Grammar  of  Korean 
(project  proposal  under  review  by  Cambridge  University  Press  -  grant  from  the  Ministry  of 
Culture,  Korea).  •  [invited]  to  teach  at  the  Linguistic  Institute,  Cornell  University,  Cornell 
University,  (June  -  July  97).  •  Secretary:  International  Conference  on  Korean  Linguistics,  96- 
98.  •  [Editorial  Board  Member]  Journal  of  East  Asian  Linguistics  (since  1991),  Natural 
Language  and  Linguistic  Theory  (since  1990).  •  [Reviewer]  J/K  Conference,  SCIL,  HISKL, 
Language  Research,  Studies  in  Generative  Grammar,  Kluwer  Academic  Press,  Cambridge 
University  Press. 

Zgusta,  Ladislav 

•  Professor  Emeritus.     Chief  research  interests  include  the  theory  and  practice  of 
lexicography,   name   studies,   Indo-European   linguistics,   and  the  languages  of  Asia  Minor. 

•  Serves  as  editor  for  Lexicographia  Series  Maior  and  the  journal  Lexicographica,  and  has  been 
a  frequent  reviewer  for  Dictionaries,  International  Journal  of  Lexicography,  Names,  Kratylos, 
and  American  Reference  Books  Annual. 


Alumni  News 

We  are  pleased  again  to  include  the  following  news  notes  from  alumni  and  former 
colleagues.  We  anticipate  hearing  from  more  of  you  each  year  in  order  that  this  section  will  be 
one  of  the  larger  ones  in  the  Newsletter. 

Address  your  notes  to: 

Newsletter 

Linguistics,  4088  FLB 

707  S.  Mathews 

Urbana,  IL  61801 

or  fax  us  at  (217)  333-3466,  or  send  an  e-mail  message  to:  deptling@uiuc.edu 

Downing,  Laura 

•  Publications:  (refereed  Journal  articles  and  proceedings  papers)  [to  appear]  Prosodic 
stem,  prosodic  word  in  Bantu.  In  T.  Alan  Hall  &  Ursula  Kleinhenz  (eds.),  Studies  on  the 
Phonological  Word.  Amsterdam:  Benjamins,  (current  studies  in  linguistic  theory).  #  [in  press] 
Verbal  reduplication  in  three  Bantu  languages.  In  Harry  van  der  Hulst,  Rene  Kager  &  Wim 
Zonneveld,  (eds.).  The  prosody-morphology  interface.  Cambridge  University  Press.  •  Prosodic 
misalignment  and  reduplication.  In  Geert  Booij  &  Jaap  van  Marie,  (eds.).  Yearbook  of 
Morphology  (1997).    Dordrecht:    Kluwer  Academic  Publishers,  pp.  83-120.    (1998),  On  the 


31 


prosodic  misalignment  of  onsetless  syllables.  NLLT  16,  pp.  1-52.  •  [to  appear]  (Conference 
Proceedings)  Morphological  correspondence  constraints  on  KiKerewe  reduplication. 
Proceedings  of  WCCFL  16.  Morphological  correspondence  in  KiNande  reduplication. 
Proceedings  of  BLS  23.  •  Books  Chapters/Sections:  [invited/to  appear]  Xhosa.  [Consultant]  In 
Jane  Garry,  (ed.).     The  Encyclopedia  of  the  World's  Major  Languages.     Henry  Holt  &  Co. 

•  Reviews:  (1997),  Review  of  The  lexical  tonology  of  Kinande  by  Ngessimo  M.  Mutaka. 
Linguistics  35  (3),  pp.  614-617.  0(1997),  Review  of  Phonology  and  morphology  of 
Kimatuumbi  by  David  Odden.  Phonology  13.3,  pp.  425-432.  •  Papers  Read:  (1997),  "Prosodic 
stem,  prosodic  word  in  Bantu".  Conference  on  the  Phonological  Word,  ZAS,  Berlin,  (24-26 
October  97).  •  "Morphological  correspondence  constraints  on  KiKerewe  reduplication". 
WCCFL  16,  University  of  Washington,  Seattle,  (28  February  -  2  March  97).  •  "Morphological 
correspondence  in  KiNande  reduplication".  BLS  23,  (15-17  February  97).  #  Professional 
Activities:  [Member]  Editorial  Board,  Phonology.  •  Reviewer:  for  Language,  LI,  NLLT,  NSF. 
SAL. 

Kamwangamalu,  Nkonko 

•  Publications:  (Book-length  journal)  (1998),  (ed.),  Aspects  of  Multilingualism  in  post- 
apartheid  South  Africa:  A  special  issue  of  Multilingual,  Journal  of  Cross-Cultural  and 
Interlanguage  Communication,  Vol.  27,  No.  2/3,  Berlin  &  New  York:  Mouton.  #  Articles: 
(1998),  We-codes,  they-codes,  and  the  codes-in-between:  Identities  of  English  and 
codeswitching  in  post-apartheid  South  Africa.  In  N.M.  Kamwangamalu  (ed.),  Aspects  of 
Multilingualish  in  post-apartheid  South  Africa:  A  special  issue  of  Multilingual  -  Journal  of 
Cross-Cultural  and  Interlanguage  Communication  17,  2/3,  pp.  279-298.  •  (1997a), 
Multilingualism  and  education  policy  in  post-apartheid  South  Africa.  Language  Problems  and 
Language  Planning  21,  3,  pp.  234-253.  •  (1997b),  English  and  transformation  to  multicultural 
education  in  post-apartheid  South  Africa.    Journal  for  Language  Teaching  31,3,  pp.    243-252. 

•  (1997c),  Language  frontiers,  language  standardization,  and  mother  tongue  education.  South 
African  Journal  of  African  Languages  17,  3,  pp.  88-94.  •  (1997d),  Owning  'the  other  tongue': 
The  case  of  English  in  Southern  Africa.  Journal  of  Multilingual  and  Multicultural  Development 
18,  2,  pp.  89-99.  •  (1997e),  The  colonial  legacy  and  language  planning  in  sub-Saharan  Africa: 
The  case  of  Zaire.  Applied  Linguistics  18:1,  pp.  69-85.  •(1997f),  Language  contact, 
codeswitching,  and  I-languages:  Evidence  from  Africa.  South  African  Journal  of  Linguistics 
15:2,  pp.  45-51.  •  Papers  Read:  (1997a),  [invited  paper]  "The  languages  of  the  Congo-Basin: 
A  reclassification,  part  1,"  Second  International  Colloquium  on  the  harmonization  and 
Standardization  of  African  Languages  for  Education  and  Development.  University  of  Cape 
Town,  (31  October  -  1  November  97).  •  (1997b),  "The  politics  and  markedness  of 
codeswitching".  9lh  International  Conference  of  the  African  Language  Association  of  Southern 
Africa  (ALASA).  University  of  Natal,  Durban,  South  Africa,  (14-18  July  97).  •(1997c), 
"Language  variation  in  South  Africa:  A  challenge  to  multicultural  education".  English  Teachers 
Connect  Conference.  University  of  the  Witwatersrand,  Johannesburg,  South  Africa,  (12-14  July 
97).  •  (1997d),  "Outcomes-based  learning:  Evidence  from  peer-tutoring".  17lh  Annual 
Conference  of  the  South  African  Applied  Linguistics  Association  (SAALA).  University  of 
Witwatersrand,  Johannesburg,  South  Africa,  (10-11  July,  97).  •  (1997e),  "Zulu  mother  tongue 
in  an  English-only  classroom".    25th  Annual  Conference  of  the  South  African  Association  for 


32 


Language  Teaching  (SAALT).  University  of  natal,  Pietermaritzburg,  South  Africa,  (7-9  July 
97).  #  (1997f),  "We-codes,  they-codes,  and  codeswitching  with  English  in  post-apartheid  South 
Africa".  The  American  Association  for  Applied  Linguistics.  Orlando,  Florida,  USA,  (8-11 
March  97).  •  Recognition:  Commissioned  by  Joshua  Fishman  to  guest-edit  a  special  theme 
issue  of  The  International  Journal  of  the  Sociology  of  language  entitled  Language  and  Ethnicity 
in  the  New  South  Africa. 


Public  Events 
Linguistics  Seminar 

The  Linguistics  Seminar  offers  a  weekly  forum  for  papers  presented  by  graduate  students 
and  faculty.  It  normally  meets  Thursdays  at  4:00  p.m.  Since  the  last  issue  of  the  Newsletter,  the 
following  papers  have  been  read.  (Inquiries  about  and  requests  for  available  copies  should  be 
directed  to  the  authors.) 

Goldberg,  Adele 

Associate  Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics 

Winding  One's  Way  Toward  Constructions 

18  September  1997 

In  this  talk,  I  will  present  evidence  in  favor  of  viewing  grammar  as  an  interrelated  web  of 
constructions,  or  form-meaning  correspondences.  The  way  construction  illustrated  by  the 
following  expressions  will  be  examined  as  a  case  study; 

"[glaciers]  had  repeatedly  nudged  their  way  between  England  and  Wales." 
"I  knitted  my  way  across  the  Atlantic"  (Oxford  University  Press  corpus) 

It  will  be  argued  that  a  construction  is  required  because  the  overall  argument  structure 
and  interpretation  of  such  expressions  is  not  plausibly  attributed  to  any  of  the  lexical  items' 
inherent  semantics.  Issues  of  "constructional  polysemy,"  idiomaticity,  and  relationships  among 
constructions  will  also  be  discussed. 

Cole,  Jennifer 

Assistant  Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics 

Hualde,  Jose  I. 

Associate  Professor,  Spanish,  Italian,  &  Portuguese 

Iskarous,  Khalil 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics 
An  Acoustic  Investigation  of  Variation  in  Spanish  Voiced  Obstruents 

25  September  1997 

A  well-known  characteristic  of  Spanish  is  that  the  voiced  obstruents  /b,d,g/  have  both 
continuant  and  noncontinuant  realizations.  This  allophonic  alternation  is  generally  known  as 
"spirantization".  The  goal  of  this  study  is  to  provide  a  rigorous  characterization  of  the 
phenomenon  based  on  acoustic  analysis  that  establishes  (1)  the  range  of  variation  along  a 


33 


continuum  of  constriction  degree,  (2)  the  frequency  of  occurrence  for  alternates  with  different 
degrees  of  constriction,  and  (3)  factors  that  play  a  role  on  conditioning  the  degree  of  constriction. 
We  contend  that  a  better  understanding  of  these  matters  concerning  variation  is  a  prerequisite  to 
determining  the  stations  of  the  stop/continuant  alternation  as  a  phonological  or  phonetic  process. 

The  stop/continuant  alternation  is  Spanish  is  representative  of  a  larger  class  of 
phenomena  by  which  the  "strength"  of  an  articulation  varies  according  to  the  environment  in 
which  it  occurs.  Through  an  investigation  of  Spanish  /b,  d,  g/  allophony  we  hope  to  find  out  if 
there  is  a  general  pattern  of  fortition  or  lenition. 

The  research  reported  in  this  presentation  examines  three  factors  in  particular:  the  place 
of  articulation  of  the  voiced  obstruent,  the  height  of  flanking  vowels,  and  the  presence  of  a 
preceding  word  boundary.  To  anticipate  the  results  of  our  study,  among  these  three  factors,  we 
find  a  conditioning  effect  of  flanking  vowel  height  for  all  subjects,  and  consistently  no  effect  of  a 
preceding  word  boundary.  Another  finding  of  this  study  is  that  intervocalic  /b,d/g/  present  a 
considerably  weaker  degree  of  constriction  for  some  speakers.  Our  data  suggest  that  this  is 
variation  by  regional  dialect. 

Kim,  Chin-Woo 

Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics 

The  Origin  and  Graphic  Principles  of  the  Korean  Script 

9  October  1997 

Hangul,  the  Korean  script,  was  invented  in  the  15th  century  by  King  Sejong  with  the  help 
of  his  court  scholars.  There  are  some  controversies  surrounding  the  origin  of  the  script  (a  pure 
creation  or  a  borrowing  from  a  foreign  script;  and  if  the  latter,  which  one?)  and  about  the  graphic 
principles  Sejong  adopted  for  the  new  script.  I  will  review  them,  and  will  introduce  a  new 
hypothesis  regarding  a  possible  model  for  the  script  shapes.  I  will  also  point  out  some 
inconsistencies  that  found  their  tortuous  way  into  the  system  of  the  new  script.  [This  year  marks 
the  600th  anniversary  of  King  Sejong's  birth.] 

Benmamoun,  Elabbas 

Assistant  Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics 
Agreement  Asymmetries  and  the  Syntax/Morphology  Interface 

16  October  1997 

Various  types  of  dependencies  involving  questions,  relatives,  negative  polarity  items  and 
agreement  have  received  a  uniform  account  within  GB/Minimalist  syntax.  It  is  assumed  that  all 
these  dependencies  involve  the  same  syntactic  configuration  (Spec-head)  and  are  driven  by  the 
same  requirement  (to  check  features).  Any  asymmetries  that  arise  are  attributed  to  the  value  of 
the  feature  involved  (Weak  or  Strong)  which  in  turn  determines  the  level  of  representation  or  the 
point  in  the  derivation  where  the  relevant  dependency  is  accounted  for. 

In  this  paper,  two  constructions  in  Arabic:  (i)  the  Verb  Subject  sequence  (the  VSO  and 
SVO  orders  in  Arabic),  and  (ii)  genitive  constructions  (the  Semitic  Construct  State)  will  be 
discussed.  These  two  constructions  exhibit  an  important  asymmetry.  Features  that  are  usually 
realized  morphologically  on  the  verb,  such  as  number,  and  on  the  noun,  such  as  definiteness. 


34 


may  be  absent  in  the  VSO  order  and  in  the  Construct  State  respectively.  The  only  way  to 
determine  that  the  verb  is  plural  or  that  the  nominal  head  of  the  Construct  State  is  definite  is 
through  their  dependents:  the  subject  and  the  genitive  NP  respectively.  GB/Minimalist  analyses 
of  these  dependencies  and  the  asymmetries  they  display  have  relied  exclusively  on  syntactic 
and  configurational  notions  such  as  overt  vs.  covert  Spec-head  checking  or  expletive  argument 
chains  vs.  argument  trace  chains,  and  on  diacritics  such  as  Weak  vs.  Strong  features.  I  shall 
show  the  empirical  and  theoretical  inadequacies  of  the  syntactic  accounts  and  propose  an 
alternative  morphological  analysis  and  consider  its  implications  for  the  syntax  morphology 
interface.  Comparisons  with  other  languages  that  seem  to  display  slightly  similar  asymmetries 
such  as  the  Celtic  languages  and  French  will  also  be  discussed. 

Perini,  Mario  A. 

Visiting  Professor,  Spanish,  Italian,  &  Portuguese 

On  the  Semantics  of  Grammatical  Gender  in  Portuguese 

30  October  1997 

In  Portuguese  certain  words  are  marked  for  gender,  so  that  some  are  said  to  be 
"feminine,"  and  some  "masculine";  these  gender  marks  govern  agreement  within  the  noun 
phrase.  Thus,  we  have  "a  casa  amarela"  'the  yellow  house  (fern.)',  but  "o  carro  amarelo"  'the 
yellow  car  (masc.)'.  Words  like  "casa"  'house'  and  "carro"  'car'  are  said  to  have  inherent  gender. 

This  feature  of  Portuguese  grammar  is  but  a  particular  case  of  a  very  widespread 
phenomenon,  sometimes  thought  of  as  not  being  very  interesting.  I  contend,  however,  that 
analysis  of  inherent  gender,  apart  from  its  importance  for  students  of  the  language,  can  throw 
some  light  on  the  way  semantics  and  morphosyntax  intertwine  themselves  in  the  grammar  of  a 
language. 

I  show  that,  although  the  gender  of  a  particular  word  is  highly  idiosyncratic,  and  can  be 
classified  as  purely  morphosyntactic  ("formal")  information,  the  fact  that  a  word  has  inherent 
gender  at  all  is  a  consequence  of  the  semantics  of  the  word  in  a  particular  context.  Therefore,  we 
must  admit  that  in  certain  cases  formal  rules  may  depend  on  previous  semantic  information  for 
their  application. 

I  argue  that  occurrences  of  words  having  inherent  gender  are  coextensive  with 
occurrences  of  words  having  a  particular  semantic  reading,  namely,  referential  function.  This  is  a 
syntagmatic  function,  depending  on  context;  and  it  stands  in  contrast  with  qualifying  function.  I 
suggest  that  this  is  the  real  opposition  behind  the  traditional  difference  between  "nouns"  and 
"adjectives". 

Witte,  Jim 

Graduate  Student,  Germanic  Languages  and  Literatures 
German  Particle  Verb  Expressions  Do  Not  Form  a  Natural  Class 

6  November  1997 

Language  researchers  commonly  assume  that  the  expressions  in  sentences  like  (la-b) 
below  form  a  class,  meaning  that  they  share  certain  observable  properties  which  distinguish  them 


35 


from  expressions  like  (2a-b)  below.  Underlined  elements  below  are  said  to  be  particles  or 
separable  prefixes. 

Particle  Verb  Expressions  (Also  known  as  separable  prefix  verbs) 

la.        Vera  hammerte  den  Stahl  flach  (Uszkoreit  1987) 
Vera  hammered  the  steel  flat 

lb.        Peter  lernte  mich  gut  kennen 

Peter  learned  me  good  to  know 
Peter  got  to  know  me  well 

Not  Particle  Verb  Expressions 

2a.        Vera  hammerte  den  Stahl  flacher  als  die  Niederlande 
Vera  hammered  the  steel  flatter  then  the  Netherlands 

2b.        Peter  horte  Vera  singen 
Peter  heard  Vera  sing 

Most  particle  verb  expressions  share  a  common  word  order  constraint,  where  the  so- 
called  particle  must  appear  in  clause-final  position  in  finite  main  clauses.  However,  other  kinds 
of  expressions  like  the  sentences  in  (2)  share  the  same  word  order,  so  word  order  cannot  serve  as 
a  distinguishing  characteristic.  The  class  of  expressions  which  includes  (la-b)  and  excludes  (2a- 
b)  above  is  artificial,  based  on  factors  like  spelling  or  idiomatic  semantic  composition.  It  would 
be  more  useful  to  think  about  a  class  of  expressions  where  one  element  must  occur  in  clause- 
final  position. 

Min,  Su  Jung 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics 

Analyzing  News  Discourse:  A  Critical  Linguistic  Perspective 

13  November  1997 

The  aim  of  this  study  is  to  demonstrate  that  newspapers  are  a  potent  means  of  promoting 
ideologies  that  mold  attitudes  and  value  systems  of  a  nation.  This  goal  is  achieved  by  analyzing 
the  New  York  Times  coverage  of  socio-political  issue,  titled  "The  massive  labor  strikes  in  South 
Korea."  The  framework  adopted  for  the  analysis  is  that  of  critical  linguistics. 

Critical  linguistic  analysis  aims  at  uncovering  the  role  of  language  in  constructing  social 
identities,  relationships,  issues,  and  events.  Its  central  concern  has  been  to  examine  socio- 
politically  interested  nature  of  the  texts  and  discourses  through  which  social  reality  is  constituted 
and  investigate  how  these  discourses  maintain  power  through  their  ideological  properties.  News 
producing  processes  comprise  selection,  interpretation,  and  presentation  of  events  to  audiences, 
thereby  constructing  reality  in  a  manner  corresponding  with  the  underlying  ideological  function. 
News  impose  a  structure  of  values  on  whatever  is  represented,  and  so  inevitably  news  produce 
meanings  which  construct  ideological  representations  of  social  world. 


36 


It  is  argued  in  this  study  that  news  reports  by  the  capitalist  news  media  represent 
ideologically  biased  picture  of  events,  that  is,  pro-government  and  pro-corporation/anti-labor, 
and  that  this  representation  is  achieved  through  linguistic  structures  and  processes  at  various 
levels.  This  study  is  important  for  creating  an  awareness  of  the  constructive  and  functional  nature 
of  language  within  news  discourse. 

Silverman,  Daniel 

Assistant  Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics 
Alveolar  stops  in  American  English,  and  the  Nature  ofAllophony 

20  November  1997 

The  English  alveolar  stop  contrast  (lenis-fortis)  involves  several  context-dependent 
manifestations.  Word-initially  we  see  an  aspiration  contrast.  Syllable  and  word  finally  the  lenis 
stop  is  typically  realized  as  a  plain  voiceless  (or  devoiced)  stop,  while  the  fortis  stop  is  normally 
realized  with  glottalization  and/or  unrelease,  and  a  shorter  vowel.  Stressed  syllable  initially  the 
lenis  stop  is  voiced,  while  the  fortis  stop  is  voiceless  aspirated.  Word-internal  unstressed 
initially,  we  observe  complete  or  near-neutralization:  both  the  lenis  and  fortis  stops  are  tapped, 
with  or  without  a  vowel  length  distinction  on  the  preceding  vowel.  Finally,  preceding  [s]  there  is 
no  contrast  between  the  fortis  and  lenis  stop.  In  this  paper  I  argue  that  the  allophonic  alternations 
(both  here  and  elsewhere)  may  be  a  physical  manifestation  of  the  abstract  pressure  of  contrast 
maintenance.  Moreover,  the  neutralizating  alternations  may  be  a  consequence  of  insufficient 
energy  availability,  which  is  rather  uncontroversially  characterizable  as  a  physical  functional 
constraint.  I  further  show  that  unmarked  values  are  typically  natural  values,  while  marked  values 
are  typically  less  natural.  And  these  distinctions  in  naturalness  seem  to  carry  over  to 
contextually-conditioned  alternates.  There  thus  seems  to  be  a  necessary  interdependence  between 
abstraction  and  physicality  in  order  to  properly  account  for  patterns  of  alternation.  In  this 
presentation  then,  I  discuss  the  interplay  of  these  forces  on  the  system  of  contrasts,  and  the 
manifold  conditions  under  which  one  force  wins  out  over  the  other. 

Yamashita,  Hiroko 

Assistant  Professor,  Dept.  of  East  Asian  Languages  and  Cultures 
The  Distribution  of  Scrambled  Sentences  in  Japanese  and  their  Theoretical  Implications 

4  December  1997 

Unlike  topic  construction,  what  exactly  triggers  speakers/writers  to  produce  sentences  of 
noncanonical  word-order  ('scrambled  sentences')  in  Japanese  is  not  yet  thoroughly  investigated. 
Based  on  an  analysis  of  written  texts,  the  current  study  argues  that  scrambled  sentences  in 
Japanese  are  motivated  by  the  efficiency  of  a  working  memory  load  of  a  speaker/writer  and  the 
discourse  factors. 

The  most  common  type  of  scrambled  phrases  observed  in  the  texts  are  'heavy' 
constituents,  i.e.,  the  phrases  containing  a  long  subordinate  clause.  I  argue  that  the  heavy  phrase 
is  scrambled  by  the  speaker/writer  to  avoid  the  production  of  center-embedded  sentences  (cf. 
Hawkins,  1994).  Another  characteristic  of  scrambled  constituent  is  a  direct  reference  to  the 
immediately  preceding  context.  Such  a  characteristics  is  accounted  for  by  the  production  and 


37 


discourse  factors;  starting  a  phrase  by  referring  to  what  has  just  been  evoked  in  the  preceding 
discourse  is  not  only  easy  from  the  production  point  of  view  but  it  also  arguments  the  smooth 
flow  of  the  discourse. 

The  fact  that  95  %  of  the  scrambled  constituents  share  the  characteristics  of  heaviness 
and/or  a  reference  to  the  immediately  preceding  context  indicates  that  the  occurrence  of 
scrambled  sentences  in  Japanese  is  neither  uncontrolled  nor  a  free  variant  of  the  canonical  order. 
In  this  sense,  Japanese  is  not  a  'free'  word-order  language. 

Packard,  Jerome 

Professor,  East  Asian  and  Pacific  Studies 

An  X-Bar  Morphological  System  for  Chinese  and  English 

11  December  1997 

In  this  talk  I  offer  a  set  of  procedures  for  classifying  word  components  into  four 
morphological  primitives,  and  then  a  set  of  generative  rules  for  combining  those  primitives  to 
form  words. 

Word  component  morphemes  are  categorized  according  to  ( 1 )  whether  the  morpheme  is 
free  or  bound,  and  (2)  whether  the  morpheme  is  a  efunctioni  (grammatical)  or  econtenti  (lexical) 
morpheme.  The  combination  of  these  properties  gives  us  four  possible  morpheme  types,  three  of 
which  are  relevant  to  word  formation.  If  a  component  is  a  content  morpheme  and  free  ([+free,  - 
function]),  it  is  a  root  word  (or  simply  a  ewordi;  XO).  If  the  morpheme  is  content  and  bound  ([- 
free,  -function]),  it  is  a  bound  root  (X-l).  If  the  morpheme  is  bound  and  grammatical  ([-free, 
+function]),  then  it  is  an  affix.  Criteria  that  further  distinguish  two  subcategories  of  affix  —  word 
forming  affix  (XW)  and  grammatical  affix  (G)  —  are  offered. 

The  four  primitives  XO,  X-l,  XW  and  G  are  combined  using  two  context-free  word 
structure  rules  that  allow  limited  embedding  and  recursion.  Critically,  it  is  argued  that 
productivity  limits  on  word  formation  are  accounted  for  in  large  measure  by  the  fact  that  only 
one  of  the  morphological  primitives  —  namely,  XO  —  possesses  the  embedding  and  recursion 
properties.  In  other  words,  while  XO,  X-l,  XW  and  G  are  all  allowed  to  occur  on  the  right  of  the 
expansion  arrow  as  the  output  of  a  morphological  rule,  the  only  term  allowed  as  input  to  the  rule 
isXO. 

I  argue  that  the  proposed  framework  represents  an  advance  over  previous  X-bar 
morphology  proposals,  and  present  data  from  English  and  Mandarin  to  demonstrate  the  range  of 
word  structures  generated  under  this  system. 

Iwasaki,  Yasufumi 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics 

Three  Subcategories  of  Nouns  in  Japanese 

29  January  1998 

The  goal  of  this  talk  is  to  show  that  Japanese  has  three  subcategories  of  nouns  and  that 
two  of  them  sometimes  do  not  project  as  an  NP,  but  form  a  complex  predicate  with  elements  like 


38 


the  copula  in  syntax.   The  three  subcategories  are  Nominal  Noun  (NN),  Verbal  Noun  (VN)  and 
Adjectival  Noun  (AN)  (Iwasaki  1997). 

NN  refers  to  a  regular  noun  such  as  "hon"  (book)  and  "kuruma"  (car).  In  contrast  to  NN, 
which  is  a  prototypical  noun,  VN  and  AN  are  often  said  to  have  a  dual  character.  VN  refers  to  a 
noun  with  a  verbal  meaning  such  as  "kenkyuu"  (research)  and  "hanbai"  (sale)  (Martin  1975)  and 
is  said  to  have  a  dual  character  of  a  noun  and  a  verb  (Kageyama  1982,  1993;  Tsujimura  1996). 
VN  differs  from  NN  and  AN  in  combining  with  the  light  verb  "sum"  (to  do).  AN  refers  to  a  noun 
with  an  adjectival  meaning  such  as  "kenkoo"  (health)  and  "hituyoo"  (need)  (Martin  1975)  and  is 
said  to  have  a  dual  character  of  a  noun  and  adjective  (Kageyama  1992,  Tsujimura  1996).  AN 
differs  from  NN  and  VN  in  combining  with  the  copula  "na." 

Despite  these  differences,  NN,  VN  and  AN  all  project  as  an  NP,  and  the  NPs  occur  in 
typical  NP  positions  like  the  subject  position.  Unlike  NN,  VN,  and  AN  sometimes  form  a 
complex  predicate  with  elements  like  the  copula  in  syntax  and  behave  like  a  verb  and  an 
adjective,  respectively.  This  difference  between  NN  one  the  one  hand  and  VN  and  AN  on  the 
other  will  be  explained  on  the  assumption  that  VN  and  AN  potentially  project  an  argument 
structure,  whereas  NN  does  not.  The  number  of  arguments,  the  type  of  theta  roles  and  Case 
markings  of  the  arguments  of  the  complex  predicate  with  VN  and  AN  are  determined  by  the 
lexical  properties  of  VN  and  AN  involved. 

Kapanga,  Andre  M. 

Associate  Professor  of  French  at  Illinois  State  University 

Ambassador,  U.N.  Mission  for  the  Democratic  Republic  of  Congo 

Discourse  Strategies  and  Communication  at  U.N:  The  Experience  of  a  Linguist 

5  February  1998 

With  its  overl80  member  nations  and  potentially  at  least  that  many  languages  and 
cultures,  the  United  Nations  constitutes  a  veritable  laboratory  for  the  study  of  language  in  its 
social  contexts  for  at  least  two  primary  reasons:  (1)  diplomacy  depends  crucially  on  the  art  of 
communication,  and  (2)  the  most  fundamental  philosophy  underpinning  the  work  of  the  United 
Nations  is  conflict-resolution  through  peaceful  means.  Hence,  negotiation  of  meaning  and 
substance  are  intricately  intertwined.  In  view  of  these  considerations,  one  of  the  most  interesting 
and  fascinating  types  of  linguistic  research  that  can  be  conducted  at  U.N.  is  the  examination  of 
the  discourse  strategies  used  by  speakers  from  member-states  as  they  communicate  with  each 
others  in  open  forums,  writing,  and  in  face-to-face  negotiations  behind  closed  doors. 

In  this  lecture  I  will  draw  on  my  brief  experience  at  U.N.  to  document  and  discuss 
successful  and  less  successful  discourse  strategies.  I  will  argue  that  successful  discourse 
strategies  are  precisely  those  that  observe  not  only  the  Gricean  principles,  but  also  the  context  of 
situation  in  its  extended  or  macro-communication  sense.  Unsuccessful  discourses  are  those  that 
violate  these  constraints,  and  often  result  in  prolonged  conflict(s). 


39 


Gonzalvez-Garcia,  Francisco 

Associate  Professor,  University  of  Almeria  (Spain) 
The  Syntax,  Semantics  and  Pragmatics  of  Complex-Transitive  Complementation:  A 

Constructional  Approach 
12  February  1998 

In  this  talk  we  shall  be  basically  concerned  with  addressing  some  of  the  most  outstanding 
syntactic,  semantic  and  pragmatic  properties  exhibited  by  constructions  featuring  a  semantically 
clausal  character  but  lacking  an  overt  verb  form,  as  in  (1)  below: 

(1)        (a)  "I  find  this  chair  (to  be)  uncomfortable" 
(b)  "I  want  this  man  (to  be)  dead  by  noon" 

More  specifically,  we  shall  attempt  to  demonstrate  that  a  constructional  approach  to 
complementation  instances  of  this  type  along  the  lines  suggested  in  Goldberg  (1995)  is  superior, 
on  both  descriptive  and  explanatory  grounds,  to  a  purely  categorical  or  a  purely  semantic  account 
of  predicate  selection  in  the  constructions  at  hand  here.  The  motivations  for  a  constructional 
approach  to  this  sentence  type  can  be  briefly  summarized  as  follows: 

1.  The  process  of  morphosyntactic  compression  in  the  embedded  clause  after  the 
omission  of  "be"  should  be  best  handled  in  terms  of  an  interaction  of  the  meaning  and  form 
properties  of  the  syntactic  encoding  of  the  NP  XP  string,  on  the  one  hand,  and  those  of  the  matrix 
verb  in  conjunction  with  the  predicative  phrase,  on  the  other.  With  regard  to  the  first  meaning 
layer,  we  argue  that  the  general  meaning  of  the  verbless  clause  (after  the  omission  of  "be")  can 
be  glossed  as  the  expression  of  the  speaker's  direct,  personal  involvement  towards  what  is 
encoded  in  the  NP  XP  string.  As  for  the  second  layer,  we  argue  that  the  more  specific  meaning 
comes  basically  in  two  guises:  (a)  the  speaker's  personal,  categorical  belief  or  opinion  (with 
predicates  of  opinion  and  judgement),  and  (b)  the  speaker's  direct/strong  manipulation  of  the 
state  of  affairs  in  the  embedded  clause  and/or  a  sharp  order  (with  causative  and  volitive  verbs). 
Looked  at  in  this  way,  predicate  selection  in  this  syntactic  environment  can  be  semantically  and 
pragmatically  characterized  in  terms  of  two-fold  modality  contrast  between  a  categorical 
judgmental  reading  (knowledge  or  epistemic  modality)  and  a  strong  manipulative  interpretation 
(agent-oriented  modality). 

2.  From  a  structural  point  of  view,  the  process  of  syntactic  disintegration  in  the 
embedded  clause  after  the  omission  of  "be"  gives  way  to  a  wide  array  of  sequences  displaying 
varying  degrees  of  syntactico-semantic  tie  up  between  the  NP  and  the  XP,  which  cannot  be 
successfully  accounted  for  under  a  uniform  object  and  object  complement  analysis  or  a  small 
clause  analysis.  Instead,  under  the  constructional  approach  invoked  here,  we  propose  a  cline  in 
which  the  degree  of  syntactico-semantic  (or  clausiness)  of  a  given  NP  XP  is  to  a  large  extent 
determined  by  the  inherent  form  and  meaning  properties  of  the  XP. 


40 


Jung,  Kyu  Tae 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics 

The  Genre  of  Advertising  in  Korean  Strategies  and  "Mixing  " 

19  February  1998 

This  presentation  provides  a  sociolinguistic  study  of  the  genre  of  advertising  in 
contemporary  Korean.  The  paper  is  divided  into  the  following  major  sections:  Previous  research 
in  Korean  advertisement:  data  and  methodology;  analysis;  and  the  relation  between  writing 
systems  and  functions. 

The  primary  focus  of  the  paper  is  on  mixing  with  English  in  Korean  advertising.  The 
extensive  use  of  English  in  advertising  in  cross-cultural  contexts  has  been  reported  by  several 
scholars  across  languages  and  cultures,  for  example,  Bhatia  (1992)  for  Hindi,  Japanese,  Chinese, 
French,  Italian,  and  Spanish;  Kay  (1986)  for  Japanese;  Martin  (forthcoming)  for  French;  and 
Takashi  (1990,  forthcoming)  for  Japanese.  All  of  these  studies  show  (a)  that  codemixing  is  a 
cross-linguistic  phenomenon  in  advertising;  (b)  that  one  of  the  most  popular  guest  languages 
used  in  advertising  across  cultures  is  English;  and  (c)  that  English  in  advertising  indicates 
modernization,  a  scientific  outlook,  and  language  status  and  attitude. 

Korean  advertising  is  not  an  exception  to  these  cross-cultural  tendencies.  The  purpose  of 
this  study,  therefore,  is  to  show  the  results  of  the  contact  and  convergence  of  English  in  Korea 
through  the  analysis  of  print  advertising  produced  in  Korea.  This  study  provides  insight  into 
three  aspects:  the  formal  characteristics  of  mixing  with  English;  the  functional  range  of  such 
mixing;  and  the  relation  between  writing  systems  and  their  functions. 

This  study  differs  from  previous  research  in  that  it  focuses  not  only  on  the  synchronic 
aspects  of  the  form  and  functions  of  English  but  also  on  diachronic  changes  in  them.  It 
demonstrates  that  English  has  been  used  in  Korean  advertising  since  1960s,  and  that  certain 
functions  of  English  in  1990's  advertising  were  previously  assigned  to  Chinese  character  (Hanja) 
words  in  the  1960s  and  1970s. 

Yoon,  James 

Associate  Professor,  Department  of  Linguistics 
External  vs.  Internal  Syntax,  Mixed  Categories,  and  the  Interaction  between  Morphology  and 

Syntax 
26  February  98 

The  syntactically  relevant  properties  of  phrases  can  be  divided  into  those  that  concern  the 
external  syntax  and  those  which  characterize  the  internal  syntax.  A  long-standing  observation  in 
syntax  is  that  there  is  an  element  which  is  singularly  responsible  for  both  of  these  dimensions  - 
the  Head  of  a  phrase.  The  Head  determines  aspects  of  the  internal  syntax  of  phrases  through  its 
subcategorization/valence  specification,  while  the  syntactic  category  specification  of  the  Head 
determines  the  external  distribution  of  a  phrase. 

A  closer  look  at  the  Head  of  a  phrase  reveals  that  with  regard  to  the  external  syntax,  it  is 
the  inflectional  form  of  the  Head  which  is  relevant,  while  the  lexeme  class  of  the  Head  is  all  that 
matters  with  regard  to  the  internal  syntax  (C-L  Baker  1995).  For  example,  the  lexeme  KEEP, 


41 


which  constitutes  the  external  syntactic  context  of  the  phrase  [putting  my  slippers  behind  the 
couch],  requires  that  its  complement  VP  be  headed  by  the  present  participle  form  of  a  verb,  not 
that  the  head  of  the  VP  belong  to  a  particular  lexeme  class. 

(1)  (The  puppy  kept...) 

a.  putting  my  slippers  behind  the  couch. 

b.  asking  for  more  food. 

c.  *put  my  slippers  behind  the  couch. 

d.  *asked  for  more  food. 

We  may  say  then  that  the  external  context  of  the  phrase  in  question  selects  the 
information  contributed  by  the  inflectional  affix,  not  the  root  lexeme.  The  fact  that  there  are  no 
syntactic  contexts  where  a  VP  may  occur  regardless  of  the  inflectional  form  of  the  head  V  lends 
credence  to  this  way  of  looking  at  things. 

In  contrast,  the  subcategorization  of  the  lexeme  PUT  is  constant  across  its  various 
inflectional  realizations,  suggesting  that  what  is  relevant  to  the  internal  syntax  is  the  lexeme  class 
of  the  root,  and  not  its  inflectional  realization. 

(2)  a.  putting  my  slippers  behind  the  couch. 

b.  puts  my  slippers  behind  the  couch. 

c.  (to)  put  my  slippers  behind  the  couch. 

The  inflected  word  serving  as  the  Head  of  a  phrase  is  thus  a  dual,  or  "mixed,"  category, 
possessing  one  kind  of  information  exclusively  relevant  to  external  syntax  (coming  from  the 
inflection),  and  a  different  kind  of  information  exclusive  to  internal  syntax  (coming  from  the 
root). 

In  this  talk,  it  will  be  argued  that  an  explanatory  account  of  the  duality  of  Heads  requires 
one  to  map  a  morphological  word  like  "putting"  to  more  than  one  primitive  at  the  syntactic  level 
of  analysis,  as  assumed  in  recent  work  on  functional  categories.  Specifically,  the  inflection 
realizes  information  coming  from  a  functional  head,  while  the  root  realizes  information 
contributed  by  the  lexical  head.  Lexicalist  analyses  of  syntax  that  take  the  morphological  word  to 
be  the  sole  syntactic  primitive,  thereby  eschewing  the  use  of  functional  categories,  will  be  shown 
to  face  a  number  of  empirical  and  conceptual  problems  in  dealing  with  the  duality  of  Heads.  I 
will  conclude  the  talk  by  comparing  inflected  words  and  robust  mixed  categories  like  the  gerund, 
which  has  proved  particularly  difficult  to  analyze  under  lexicalist  assumptions  about 
morphosyntactic  interaction.  I  will  show  how  the  syntactic  perspective  defended  in  the  talk 
naturally  predicts  the  existence  of  categories  like  the  gerund  crosslinguistically. 

Peter,  Steve 

Ph.D.  Candidate,  Harvard  University 
The  Diachronic  Syntax  of  Infinitival  Complements  in  Germanic 

5  March  1998 

In  this  talk,  I  intend  to  explore  some  methodological  and  practical  issues  surrounding  the 
reconstruction  of  a  proto-syntax,  considering  the  ramifications  both  for  historical  linguistics  and 


42 


for  contemporary  syntactic  theory.  Specifically,  I  examine  the  history  of  infinitival  complements 
from  early  proto-Germanic  through  the  modern  daughter  languages.  The  talk  consists  of  three 
sections.  In  the  first,  I  outline  the  data  underlying  the  investigation,  including  data  previously 
un-  or  under-considered  in  the  literature.  In  the  second  section,  I  consider  the  categorical  status 
of  infinitival  complements  in  light  of  their  diachronic  development  from  (morphological) 
nominals  to  (some  variety  of)  verbals.  Finally,  in  the  third  section  I  explore  a  recent  theoretical 
proposal  and  test  it  against  historical  evidence. 

Infinitives  in  the  Germanic  languages  show  a  variation  between  a  bare  version  and  one 
with  an  infinitival  marker  (orthography  altered  for  electronic  transmission). 

( 1 )     Han  maa  synge  Danish 

He  must  sing 
Er  muss  singen  German 

ni  goth  ist  niman  hlaif  barne  jah  wairpan  hundam      Gothic 
it  is  not  good  to  take  the  children's  bread  and  throw  (it)  to 
the  dogs 

Ealle  ic  mihte  feondas  gefyllan,  hwathre  ic  faste  stod. 

Old  English 

All  I  might  foes  smite,  yet  I  firm  stood 

(2)       Han  prover  at  synge    Danish 
He  tries  to  sing 
Er  versucht  zu  singen  German 

sat        du         aihtron  Gothic 

he  sat   to         beg 

'He  sat  for  the  purpose  of  begging.' 

an  wulf  wearth  asend    to  bewerigenne  that  heafod       Old  English 

a  wolf  was      sent      to  guard  the  head 

Some  of  the  modern  languages,  such  as  English,  Swedish,  and  Norwegian,  allow  the 
infinitive  marker  to  be  separated  from  the  infinitive  by  negation  and  certain  adverbs,  the  so- 
called  split  infinitive.  What  can  split  the  infinitive  appears  to  have  changed  diachronically.  The 
earliest  example  of  an  infinitive  split  from  its  marker  is  found  in  Gothic. 

(3)     du         in  aljana  briggan 

to  into  jealousy    bring 

'to  bring  into  jealously' 

Split  infinitives  do  not  occur  again  until  the  period  of  Middle  English.  Here  negation  and 
direct  objects  intervene,  rather  than  negation  and  adverbs  as  in  the  modern  languages. 


43 


(4)      Moche  more  ought  they  to  god  obey,  and  seme  but  hym  alone. 
Wei  lever  is  me  lyken  yow  and  deye  Than  for  to  any  thing 
or  thinke  or  seye  That  mighten  you  offende  in  any  time 

A  number  of  recent  investigations  (such  as  Thrainsson  1993,  van  Gelderen  1993,  den 
Dikken  and  Zwart  1996,  and  Sag  1997)  have  explored  the  categorial  status  of  infinitival 
complements  in  the  modern  languages.  After  a  summary  of  these,  I  will  investigate  what  effect 
consideration  of  diachrony,  especially  the  rise  of  split  infinitives,  has  on  their  main  claims. 

Finally,  I  will  explore  in  some  detail  the  Split  IP  Parameter  (SIP;  Thrainsson  1996, 
Thrainsson  and  Bobaljik  1997),  and  the  diachronic  predictions  it  makes.  The  basics  are  that  UG 
provides  a  parameter,  set  via  evidence  from  overt  verbal  morphology,  which  states  that  a 
language  has  either  an  unsplit  IP  or  an  articulated  IP.  I  argue  that  a  correlation  is  to  be  drawn 
between  the  setting  of  this  parameter  and  the  presence  or  absence  of  split  infinitives,  which  ties 
in  nicely  to  the  data  from  the  previous  sections. 

Lin,  Huei-Ling 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics 

Object-Oriented  Resultative  Compounds  in  Chinese 

12  March  1998 

Resultative  compounds  (VI -V2)  in  Mandarin  Chinese  are  composed  of  an  event-denoting 
VI  and  a  V2  that  describes  the  result  caused  by  the  event  denoted  by  VI.  On  the  basis  of  the 
prediction  of  V2,  resultative  compounds  can  be  classified  into  two  types:  subject-oriented  and 
object-oriented.  Subject-oriented  compounds  are  those  with  V2  being  predicated  of  the  subject  as 
kan-lei  'chop-tired'  in  (1),  and  object-oriented  compounds  are  those  with  V2  being  predicated  of 
the  object  as  kan-dao  'shop-fall'  in  (2).  In  this  talk,  I  will  focus  on  the  formation  of  object- 
oriented  compounds. 

(1)  Zhangsan  kan-lei-le     shu.       Subject-Oriented 
Zhangsan  chop-tired-ASP  tree 

'Zhangsan  got  tired  from  chopping  trees.' 

(2)  Zhangsan  kan-dao-le  shu.      Object-Oriented 
Zhangsan  chop-fall-ASP         tree. 
'Zhangsan  chopped  down  the  trees.' 

Object-oriented  compounds  can  occur  in  the  BA-construction  and  they  do  not  allow 
object  omission  as  shown  in  (3)  and  (4).  The  syntactic  requirement  on  the  BA-construction  is 
that  there  must  be  some  element  other  than  the  verb  in  the  VP  (Liu  1992),  and  the  disallowance 
of  object  omission  is  a  property  of  object-control  constructions.  The  fact  that  object-oriented 
compounds  possess  these  two  properties  demands  a  syntactic  account  of  their  formation. 

(3)  Zhangsan         ba         shu       kan-dao-le. 
Zhangsan         BA       tree       chop-fall-ASP 
'Zhangsan  chopped  down  the  tree.' 


44 


(4)        *Zhangsan       kan-dao-le. 

Zhangsan        chop-fall-ASP 

'Zhangsan  chopped  something  and  it  fell  as  a  result.' 

On  the  basis  of  the  thematic  relations  between  the  verbs  and  the  arguments,  a  biclausal  D- 
structure  is  proposed  to  be  the  D-structure  for  object-oriented  resultative  compounds.  An  object- 
oriented  resultative  compound  is  derived  from  a  biclausal  D-structure  after  the  lower  V2 
incorporates  to  the  higher  VI;  the  verb-incorporation  is  motivated  by  the  morphological 
requirement  of  the  perfective  aspect  marker  -le,  which  is  a  suffix  and  has  to  attach  to  the  verb 
denoting  a  bounded  event.  Neither  VI  nor  V2  alone  denotes  a  bounded  event.  It  is  VI  plus  V2 
that  denotes  a  bounded  event.  V2  thus  has  to  incorporate  to  VI  so  that  the  suffix  -le  can  attach  to 
the  bounded-event-  denoting  verb.  A  syntactic  analysis  of  object-oriented  compounds  as 
proposed  in  this  paper  further  accounts  for  various  aspects  of  syntactic  behaviors  of  object- 
oriented  compounds,  such  as  object  omission  and  verb  reduplication. 

Cheng,  Chin-Chuan 

Professor,  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana-Champaign 

City  University  of  Hong  Kong 

Active  Vocabulary 

19  March  1998 

Current  unabridged  English  dictionaries  contain  more  than  400,000  entries  and 
comprehensive  Chinese  dictionaries  list  over  50,000  characters.  Miller  and  Gilda  (1991,  "How 
Children  Learn  Words")  state  that  in  the  United  States  high  school  graduates  at  age  17  normally 
have  80,000  words  in  their  vocabulary.  Crystal  (1995,  The  Cambridge  Encyclopedia  of  the 
English  Language)  says  that  English  speakers  can  have  31,500  to  56,250  words  in  their  active 
vocabulary  and  38,300  to  76,350  words  in  their  passive  vocabulary.  I  examined  the  basic  forms 
of  the  words  used  in  scores  of  books  such  as  the  Call  of  the  Wild,  Tom  Sawyer,  Beauty  and  the 
Beast,  Dracula,  Emma,  Sense  and  Sensibility,  Pride  and  Prejudice,  and  Persuasion  and  found  that 
each  author  used  4,000  to  7,000  word  types  only.  Statistics  of  several  Chinese  books  by  authors 
of  different  historical  periods  also  show  that  each  author  employed  only  3,000  to  5,000  Chinese 
characters.  Thus  I  conclude  that  the  number  of  linguistic  symbols  a  person  can  actively  handle  is 
somewhere  between  4,000  and  7,000.  Implications  of  this  view  in  language  learning  and  lexical 
evolution  will  be  discussed. 

Garnsey,  Susan 

Associate  Professor,  Department  of  Psychology 
The  Relative  Contributions  of  Structural  Biases  and  Plausibility  to  Sentence  Comprehension  in 

English 
2  April  1998 

Most  of  the  time,  we  seem  to  understand  sentences  in  our  native  language  quite  rapidly 
and  effortlessly.  It  appears  that  we  integrate  each  next  word  into  a  continually  evolving 
interpretation  virtually  as  soon  as  we  hear  or  see  it.  The  rapidity  with  which  people  do  this  is 
quite  impressive,  especially  given  the  indeterminacies  that  often  arise  from  the  presence  of 


45 


temporary  ambiguities  and  long-distance  dependencies  in  the  input.  I  will  describe  two  studies 
examining  the  factors  that  contribute  to  people's  resolution  of  a  particular  kind  of  temporary 
ambiguity  in  English  sentences. 

A  sentence  beginning  with  "The  referees  warned  the  spectators  ..."  could  continue  in 
several  different  ways,  producing  different  relationships  between  "warned"  and  "spectators".  In 
"The  referees  warned  the  spectators  about  throwing  things  at  the  players.,"  the  spectators  are  the 
ones  being  warned,  i.e.  they  are  the  direct  object  of  the  verb.  In  contrast,  in  "The  referees  warned 
the  spectators  would  probably  get  too  rowdy.,"  some  unspecified  party  is  warned  about  the 
spectators,  and  "spectators"  is  the  subject  of  an  embedded  clause  rather  than  a  direct  object. 
Thus,  at  "spectators,"  its  relationship  with  the  preceding  verb  is  temporarily  ambiguous.  How 
people  handle  such  ambiguities  was  examined  in  two  ways.  In  one  study,  eye  movements  were 
monitored  as  people  read  such  sentences,  and  in  another,  their  brainwaves  were  measured  as  they 
read.  Both  studies  show  that  people  make  rapid  use  of  their  knowledge  about  the  particular  verbs 
and  nouns  in  the  sentences  to  constrain  their  interpretation,  supporting  interactive  models  of 
language  processing  over  modular  ones. 

Iskarous,  Khalil 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics 

Dynamic  Acoustic-Articulatory  Relations 

9  April  1998 

The  correspondence  between  acoustics  and  articulation  is  one  of  the  most  fundamental 
problems  in  speech.  Without  a  deep  understanding  of  this  correspondence,  we  understand  neither 
the  significance  of  formant  patterns  nor  the  goal  of  articulatory  configurations.  A  great  deal  is 
currently  understood  about  the  relation  between  the  static  acoustic  properties  of  speech  segments 
and  the  static  articulatory  configurations  they  result  from,  but  very  little  is  known  about  the 
correspondence  between  articulatory  movement  and  formant  movement.  The  problem  is  that  we 
do  not  know  how  tongue  movement  changes  the  acoustic  properties  of  vocal  tract  cavities.  A 
tube  changes  its  resonance  frequencies  by  shortening  or  lengthening,  but  in  speech  production, 
this  doesn't  occur.  Constrictions  that  split  the  vocal  tract  into  tubes  never  move  intact,  or  even 
partially  intact,  from  one  location  to  another.  Changes  in  constriction  location  are  always 
accompanied  by  significant  changes  in  constriction  size.  That  is,  the  tongue  changes  its  shape  as 
it  changes  its  position  (Lindblom  and  Sundberg  1971).  In  this  presentation,  I  will  provide 
cineflurographic  and  ultrasound  evidence  for  a  general  principle  of  dynamic  acoustic-articulatory 
relations.  In  its  simplest  form,  the  principle  states  that  articulatory  movement  from  one  segment 
to  another  is  accomplished  by  the  simultaneous  dissolution  of  the  constriction  for  the  first 
segment  and  formation  of  the  constriction  for  the  second  segment.  Acoustically  relevant 
movement  is  concentrated  at  the  constrictions.  Movement  of  points  in  the  vocal  tract  between  the 
constrictions  in  the  start  and  end  configurations  are  minimal  and  contribute  very  little  to  the 
acoustic  output.  This  will  be  shown  by  simulation  of  a  dynamic  mathematical  model  of  the  vocal 
tract.  After  providing  articulatory  and  modeling  evidence  for  this  principle  of  dynamic  coustic- 
articulatory  relations,  I  will  show  how  it  may  deepen  our  understanding  of  coarticulation  and 
segmental  phonological  processes. 


46 


Yunick,  Stanley 

Graduate  Student,  University  of  Illinois 

Diffusive  and  Debating  Styles  in  Team  Problem  Solving 

16  April  1998 

This  study  presents  an  analysis  of  15  hours  of  audio-recorded  data  from  team-problem 
solving  meetings  of  MBA  students  teams  at  a  major  US  university.  This  paper  describes  the 
general  stages  in  the  meetings  and  how  variation  in  exchange  structure  critically  impacts  on  the 
movement  from  stage  to  stage  toward  the  solution-goal. 

Ventola  (1987)  examines  the  role  of  exchange  structures  in  service  transactions  and  finds 
that  patterns  of  exchange  correlate  with  stages  in  generic  structure.  This  paper  extends  this 
analysis  to  examine  exchange  structures  not  only  as  text  elements  but  also  as  tools  of  group 
process  within  the  macro-genre  of  team  problem  solving. 

The  general  stages  of  problem  solving  move  from  problem  definition  to  exploration  of 
facts  to  genesis  of  potential  solutions  to  establishing  consensus  to  assigning  final  action.  While  a 
complete  map  of  the  flow  of  team  problem-solving,  with  embedded  stages  and  recursion,  is 
complex,  the  progression  in  meetings  fall  between  two  poles:  one  in  which  progression  from 
stage  to  stage  stagnates  in  spiraling  hypotheses  (and  spiraling  conflict),  and  another  where 
consensus  is  successfully  negotiated  and  discussion  progress  to  endpoint  relatively  quickly. 

Analysis  of  the  data  reveals  that  meetings  at  either  pole  are  typified  by  different  patterns 
of  exchange  structure.  Meetings  showing  more  progression  from  stage  to  stage  showed  a  high 
frequency  of  Initiation  Response  Evaluation  triplets  contributing  to  arrival  at  decision  point, 
while  meetings  with  less  progression  showed  long  recursive  strings  of  Challenge  Response.  I 
label  the  former  pattern  a  'diffusive  style'  and  the  latter  pattern  a  'debating  style.'  Choice  of 
exchange  structure  by  participants  emerges  as  a  tool  for  progression  within  the  genre. 

Lee,  Joo-Kyeong 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics 
A  Functional  Approach  to  American  English  Palatalization 

23  April  1998 

This  paper  proposes  a  functional  analysis  of  American  English  palatalization,  arguing 
that  palatalization  is  a  strategy  for  the  maintenance  of  a  maximal  perceptual  distance  between 
stressed  and  unstressed  syllables.  Unlike  palatalization  processes  in  many  languages,  English 
palatalization  is  conditioned  by  a  stressless  context.  In  this  paper,  I  point  out  some  problems 
with  previous  analyses  and  provide  a  functional  account  of  how  the  alternation  between  an 
alveolar  consonant  not  followed  by  the  glide  1)1  and  a  palatal  consonant  emerged  in  mid- 
American  English  dialects.  I  report  an  acoustic  experiment  conducted  to  identify  the  degree  of 
gestural  overlap  within  stressed  versus  unstressed  CV  syllables.  Results  show  that  overlap 
phasing  of  CV  gestures  is  not  significantly  different  between  stressed  and  unstressed,  which 
implies  that  CV  assimilation  such  as  palatalization  should  not  conditioned  by  lexical  stress.  This 
is  consistent  with  the  observation  that  the  absence  of  stress  is  not  a  conditioning  factor  for  CV 
place  assimilation  as  exemplified  in  many  languages. 


47 


A  question  arises:  what  mechanism,  other  than  gestural  overlap,  constrains  palatalization 
in  unstressed  syllables  involving  an  unreduced  vowel  in  English?  A  salient  stress  contrast  in 
English  gives  rise  to  a  great  perceptual  distance  between  stressed  and  unstressed  syllables.  The 
perceptual  distance  could  be  effectively  maintained  by  maximizing  the  slight  difference  in  the 
degree  of  gestural  overlap;  observe  that  this  is  a  cognitively-based  explanation  as  opposed  to  a 
purely  physiologically-based  one,  as  contrast  maintenance  takes  precedence  over  articulatory 
nature  of  speech.  Unstressed  syllables  are  produced  in  favor  of  articulatory  ease,  and  the 
distance  can  be  enhanced  through  j-deletion  in  stressed  syllables,  tolerating  articulatory  cost  of 
more  extreme  articulation.  In  addition,  I  consider  the  variations  like  [tu/tju/tSu]  based  on 
functional  constraints  and  to  formalize  the  three  kinds  of  optimal  outputs  by  way  of  different 
rankings  between  the  faithfulness  constraints  and  the  output  constraints  In  conclusion,  I  argue 
that  speech  production  is  a  process  to  resolve  conflicting  constraints  between  cognition  and 
physiology. 

Good,  Robert 

Graduate  Student,  Department  of  Linguistics 
The  Writing  of  Chinese  Characters  by  Intermediate  and  Advanced  Student  of  Chinese  as  a 

Foreign  Language 
30  April  1998 

When  investigating  the  spelling  of  alphabetic  languages,  one  common  model  that 
invariably  is  referred  to  is  the  dual-route  model  of  spelling.  Inspired  by  the  similarly  named 
reading  model,  it  posits  that  the  spelling  of  words  can  proceed  either  by  a  direct  route  or  an 
indirect  route.  The  direct  route  allows  the  writer  to  go  directly  from  the  word  in  the  mental 
lexicon  to  its  graphic  form.  The  indirect  route  involves  the  mediation  of  a  phonological 
component  that  makes  use  of  phoneme-grapheme  conversion  rules  to  allow  the  writer  to  produce 
the  appropriate  spelling  of  a  word.  Evidence  for  this  dichotomy  has  been  seen  the  dissociation 
between  the  ability  to  write  real  (irregular)  words  on  the  one  hand  and  regular  and  nonsense 
words  on  the  other  by  different  kinds  of  dysgraphics.  Additional  support  is  seen  in  the  distinction 
in  English  between  irregular  words  (e.g.,  "knight")  and  regular  words  (e.g.,  "bake")  and  the 
plausible  spellings  of  nonsense  words  (e.g.,  /prein/  spelled  as  PRANE).  Real  words  might  be 
spelled  exclusively  by  a  direct  route  and  irregular  real  words  presumably  must  be  so  spelled,  but 
nonsense  words  cannot  be  since  they  do  not  appear  in  the  mental  lexicon.  They  are  viewed  as 
supporting  the  notion  of  an  indirect  phonologically  based  assembled  route. 

What  light  can  Chinese  shed  on  the  question  of  the  number  of  routes  or  strategies  that 
might  be  involved  in  the  writing  of  a  language?  The  indirect  route  is  always  described  in  terms 
of  phonology  in  studies  of  alphabetic  spelling.  Is  there  a  phonological  route  or  strategy  available 
to  writers  of  Chinese?  What  about  a  graphic  route  or  strategy?  In  English,  whenever  two  words 
are  similar  in  pronunciation  they  will  share  some  graphemes.  The  graphic  and  phonological 
information  is  confounded.  In  Chinese,  it  is  possible  for  words  to  be  homophones  and  share  no 
graphic  components.  It  is  also  possible  for  graphically  similar  characters  to  sound  different  from 
one  another.  This  dissociation  makes  it  possible  to  evaluate  the  need  for  assembled  (or  indirect) 
routes  that  are  not  exclusively  phonological  in  nature. 

In  the  present  study  I  look  at  the  writing  of  characters  by  American  university  students 
learning  Chinese  and  what  this  may  tell  us  about  the  strategies  or  routes  they  use  in  writing. 


48 


Linguistics  Club 

The  Linguistics  Club  serves  as  a  forum  to  which  established  scholars  are  invited.  Since 
the  last  issue  of  the  Newsletter,  the  following  papers  have  been  presented.  (Inquiries  about  and 
requests  for  available  copies  should  be  directed  to  the  authors.) 

Bhatia,  Vijay 

City  University  of  Hong  Kong 

Generic  Description:  A  Reflection  of  Reality  or  a  Convenient  Fiction  ? 

22  October  1997 

The  nature  of  genre  description  within  applied  genre  analysis  can  be  seen  from  two 
seemingly  different  perspectives.  On  the  one  hand,  it  tends  to  represent  and  account  for  the 
complex  realities  of  the  world  of  academic  and  professional  communication;  whereas,  on  the 
other  hand,  it  is  also,  in  one  of  its  major  applications,  seen  as  providing  a  pedagogically  effective 
and  convenient  basis  for  the  design  of  language  teaching  programmes,  often  situated  within 
simulated  contexts  of  classroom  activities.  The  paper  will  make  an  attempt  to  understand  and 
resolve  the  tension  between  these  two  seemingly  contentious  perspectives. 

Highlighting  the  tactical  aspect  of  language  use,  the  paper  will  discuss  issues  related  to 
the  nature  and  use  of  linguistic  description  in  a  genre-based  educational  enterprise.  Instead  of 
using  generic  descriptions  as  models  for  linguistic  reproduction  of  traditional  forms,  as  is  very 
often  the  case  in  many  communication-based  curriculum  contexts,  the  paper  argues  for  its  use  as 
analytical  resource  to  understand,  and  manipulate  complex  inter-generic  and  multicultural 
realizations  of  professional  discourse.  This  will  enable  learners  to  use  generic  knowledge  to 
respond  to  novel  social  contexts  and  also  to  create  new  forms  of  discourse  to  achieve  pragmatic 
success  as  well  as  other  powerful  human  agendas,  rather  than  to  reproduce  pre-determined 
generic  structures  in  response  to  recurring  social  contexts. 


Professor  Vijay  K.  Bhatia  is  professor  in  the  Department  of  English,  City  University  of 
Hong  Kong.  His  publications  include  "Analyzing  Genre:  Language  Use  in  Professional 
Settings"  (Longman  1993).  He  has  published  extensively  on  various  aspects  of  genre  analysis, 
ESP,  and  language  and  the  professions.  He  has  given  workshops  in  Asia,  Australia,  Europe,  and 
the  USA,  and  has  taught  at  the  National  University  of  Singapore.  He  has  been  on  the  Editorial 
Board  of  ESP  Journal,  RELC  Journal  and  World  Englishes. 

De  Jong,  Kenneth 

Indiana  University 

Syllable  Structuring  as  Temporal  Modes 

9  February  1998 

One  of  the  most  robust  aspects  of  syntagmatic  phonological  patterning  across  languages 
is  a  strong  tendency  for  consonants  and  vowels  to  cross-collate  into  structures  of  roughly  the  size 
of  a  syllable.  At  the  same  time,  an  explicit  and  simple  characterization  of  the  phonetics  of 
syllables  has  yet  to  be  found.       This  study  investigates  the  possibility  that  the  syllable  is 


49 


composed  of  temporally  stable  modes  of  intergestural  coordination,  an  approach  suggested  by 
Tuller  and  Kelso  (1991).  Treating  syllabic  structure  as  involving  temporal  constraints  is 
suggested  by  both  phonological  and  phonetic  observations.  1)  The  phonological  literature  notes 
that  syllables  with  coda  consonants  tend  to  pattern  with  long  vowels  (forming  "heavy  syllables") 
in  determining  larger  prosodic  aspects  of  an  utterances  such  as  stress  placement;  onset  structures 
do  not  pattern  with  long  vowels.  2)  Similarly  in  the  phonetics  literature,  Stetson  (1951)  found 
that  singleton  coda  consonants,  such  as  in  the  word  'eat',  will  shift  perceptually  to  onset 
consonants,  such  as  in  the  word  'tea',  when  the  syllable  is  repeated  at  fast  speech  rates. 

The  present  paper  reports  an  experiment  wherein  onsets  and  codas  were  elicited  in 
various  rate-changing  conditions  (fixed  rate,  slow-to-fast,  fast-to-slow)  from  4  American  English 
speakers.  The  data  partially  support  Tuller  and  Kelso's  coordinative  mode  model  of  onsets  and 
codas  in  that  1)  onsets  exhibit  stable  voice  onset  time  values  over  all  speech  rates,  while  2)  coda 
/p/  and  /b/  exhibit  shifts  in  voice  onset  time  values  to  the  stable  values  exhibited  by  onsets  at  fast 
speech  rates  with  syllable  period  shorter  than  250  ms.  These  shifts  are  sudden,  giving  rise  to  a 
bi-modal  distribution  of  voice  onset  time  values  for  coda  tokens.  In  addition,  speakers  tend  to 
lag  behind  the  metronome  at  rates  around  which  values  show  sudden  shifts.  Finally,  results 
show  a  hysteresis  of  the  rate  at  which  these  shifts  occur;  speakers  tend  to  shift  out  of  onset  modes 
at  slower  rates  than  they  shift  out  of  coda  modes. 

Further,  the  data  show  that  coda  configurations  can  also  be  considered  stable  modes. 
When  occlusion  duration  is  examined  rather  than  voice  onset  time,  codas  are  stable  across  rates, 
while  onsets  are  unstable,  shifting  from  longer  values  into  the  stable  values  exhibited  by  the 
codas.  This  shifting  exhibits  very  similar  (though  weaker)  characteristics  to  those  of  VOT's  for 
codas:  modality  in  shifting,  hysteresis,  and  the  subject  lagging  behind  at  rates  where  shifting 
occurs.  Thus,  both  onset  and  coda  structures  seem  to  represent  stable  timing  configurations 
which  involve  different  types  of  coordination. 

Stetson,  R.H.  (1951).    Motor  Phonetics:  Neerlandaises  de  Phonetique  Experimental,  3:  1  -216. 

Amsterdam:  North-Holland. 
Tuller,  B.,  and  J.A.S.  Kelso  (1991).  The  production  and  perception  of  syllable  structure.  Journal 

of  Speech  and  Hearing  Research,  34:  501-508. 

De  Jong,  Kenneth 

Indiana  University 
Applying  Theories  of  Common  Speech  Sounds  to  Uncommon  Speech  Sounds:  the  Occurrence  of 

Labio- Palatalization  in  Twi 
10  February  1998 

Theories  of  phonemic  inventory  selection,  such  as  Quantal  Theory  (QT,  Stevens,  1972, 
1989)  and  Adaptive  Dispersion  Theory  (ADT  Lindblom,  1986;  Lindblom  and  Maddieson,  1988; 
Liljencrants  and  Lindblom,  1972)  are  built  upon  a  comparison  of  predictions  based  on  physical 
aspects  of  speech  with  the  commonness  of  phonemic  categories  across  a  large  sampling  of 
languages.  This  paper  illustrates  the  usefulness  of  these  predictions  for  understanding  the 
occurrence  of  particular  speech  sounds  in  particular  languages  as  well,  and  in  turn  provides 
support  for  examining  particular  linguistic  systems  as  a  way  of  learning  about  how  speech 
physics  impacts  linguistic  patterning. 


50 


The  paper  presents  phonological  and  phonetic  aspects  of  secondary  labio-palatalization  in 
Twi,  an  Akan  language  of  West  Africa,  spoken  primarily  in  Ghana.  QT  and  ADT  predict  the 
combination  of  labialization  and  palatalization  to  be  sub-optimal.  However,  what  are  we  to 
make  of  it's  existence  in  languages  such  a  Twi? 

The  present  paper  reports  the  results  of  studying  phonological  and  phonetic  aspects  of 
labio-palatalization.  These  analyses  suggest  two  conclusions.  1)  labialization  and  palatalization 
have  converged  because  of  general  syllable-level  structuring,  and  2)  the  labial  and  palatal 
gestures  have  become  functionally  integrated  because  of  their  acoustic  complementarity  with 
respect  to  a  dimension  of  contrast  particularly  relevant  to  consonants.  Thus,  QT  and  ADT 
considerations  of  acoustic  functionality  also  can  be  shown  to  apply  to  uncommon  sounds,  if  one 
bears  in  mind  the  place  of  the  speech  sound  within  the  linguistic  system  of  the  particular 
language. 

Liljencrants,  J.,  and  B.  Lindblom  (1972),  "Numerical  simulation  of  vowel  quality  systems:  the 

role  of  perceptual  contrast,  Language,  48:  329-862. 
Lindblom,  B.  (1986),     "Phonetic  unviersals  in  vowel  systems,"  in  J.J.  Ohala,  and  J.J.  Jaeger 

(eds.),  Experimental  Phonology,  Orlando:  Academic  Press. 
Lindblom,  B.  and  I.  Maddieson  (1988),    "Phonetic  universals  in  consonant  systems,"    in  L.M. 

Hyman  and  C.N.  Li  (eds.),  Language,  Speech  and  Mind,  London:  Routledge. 
Stevens,  K.N.  (1972),  "The  quantal  nature  of  speech:  Evidence  from  articulatory-acoustic  data," 

in  E.E.  David  and  P.B.  Denes  (eds.),  Human  Communication:  a  Unified  View,  New 

York:  McGraw-Hill. 
Stevens,  K.N.  (1989),  "On  the  quantal  nature  of  speech,"  Journal  of  Phonetics,   17:  3-4. 

Newman,  Paul 

Indiana  University 

The  Historical  Development  of  Double  Negatives 

30  March  1998 

It  is  not  uncommon  in  the  languages  of  the  word  to  find  negation  marked  doubly  by  a 
discontinuous  morpheme,  as  in  French  ne...pas.  Double  negative  marking  often  results  from  the 
grammaticalization  of  an  intensifying  nominal  or  adverbial  (such  as  French  pas).  In  the  Chadic 
language  family  (the  best  known  member  of  which  is  Hausa),  double  negatives  are  quite 
widespread,  with  the  result  that  one  would  be  tempted  >  to  reconstruct  them  for  the  ancestor 
language.  It  can  be  shown,  however,  that  these  double  negatives  arose  independently  a  number 
of  different  times  and  by  a  variety  of  different  means,  starting  with  an  original  syntactic  structure 
having  a  single  negative  marker  at  the  end.  This  paper  has  three  objectives:  (1)  Justify  the 
morpho-syntactic  reconstruction  of  negative  marking  in  Proto-Chadic;  (2)  Exemplify  the 
pathways  by  which  double  negatives  developed  (the  common  ne...pas  model  NOT  being  one  of 
them!);  and  (3)  Employ  universal/typological  evidence  regarding  negation  as  a  key  to  the 
reconstruction  of  Proto-Chadic  word  order. 

Reference:    Croft,  William.  1991.  The  evolution  of  negation.  Journal  of  Linguistics  27: 
1-27. 
[Subject  Keywords:  Reconstruction,  Grammaticalization,  Typology,  Negation] 


51 


Co-Sponsored  Events 

Each  year  the  Department  of  Linguistics  cooperates  with  other  departments  to  bring 
noted  speakers  to  the  Campus.  This  year  the  Department  co-sponsored  the  following  Speakers: 

The  Fifth  National  Gita  Conference,  12-14  September  1997. 

Abbi,  Anvita,  "Fifty  Years  After  Independence:  Language,  Ethnicity,  and  Politics  in  India,"  14 

October  1997. 

Abdul-Raheem,  Tajudeen,  Lecture  "The  Panafricanist  Movement  and  Globalization,"  25 

November  1997. 

Dunatov,  Rasio,  Lecture  "From  Serbo-Croatian  to  Serbian,  Croatian,  Bosnian,  and 

Montenegrin,"  2  December  1997. 
Ross,  John  R.,  Lecture. 
Kapanga,  Andre,  Lecture,  February  1998. 

The  Twelfth  Annual  Symposium  on  Arabic  Linguistics,  6-8  March  1998. 
Latina/Latino  Studies  Program  Conference,  2-3  April  1998. 

Bloch,  Chana,  Lecture  "In  the  Garden  of  Delights:  Translating  the  Song  of  Songs  in  the 
1990's,"  30  April  1998. 
SLATE 
Millercomm  Lecture 


Linguistics  Student  Organization  (LSO) 

The  Linguistics  Student  Organization  (LSO)  consists  of  all  students  in  the  Department  of 
Linguistics  and  is  represented  and  coordinated  by  two  Student  Officers.  Its  major  activities  are 
bringing  an  outside  speaker  to  campus  each  semester,  coordinating  Lunch  Study  Groups  (e.g., 
phonology  or  historical  groups)  advocating  for  student  interests,  developing  a  sense  of 
community  within  the  department,  and  maintaining  the  LSO  webpage 
(http://www.uiuc.edu/ro/Iso/). 

During  the  1997-98  academic  year  LSO  brought  the  following  speakers:  Haj  Ross, 
Kenneth  DeJong,  and  Paul  Newman.  LSO's  bake  sales,  and  sales  from  Department  of 
Linguistics  T-shirts,  sweatshirts,  and  mugs,  support  from  SORF,  and  the  co-sponsorship  of 
several  department,  have  made  the  LSO  a  continued  success. 


Departmental  Publications 

Linguistics  Weekly  (News  and  Notes  from  the  Department)  is  distributed  each  Friday, 
keeping  faculty  and  students  of  the  department  informed  of  upcoming  meetings,  seminars, 
lectures,  important  deadlines,  Ph.D.  defenses,  and  announcements  of  interest  and/or  concern  to 
the  department.  Professor  Jerry  L.  Morgan,  Head,  is  the  editor,  assisted  by  Tassilo  Homolatsch. 


52 


Graduate  Study  is  a  guide  to  graduate  courses,  programs,  and  degree  requirements  in  the 
Department  of  Linguistics  at  UIUC.  It  is  distributed  to  all  applicants  for  admission  to  graduate 
study  in  the  Department. 

Undergraduate  Study  currently  being  developed,  is  a  guide  to  undergraduate  courses, 
programs,  and  degree  requirements  of  the  Department  of  Linguistics  at  UIUC.  It  will  be 
distributed  to  students  interested  in  becoming  undergraduate  majors  in  the  Department. 

The  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences  is  a  journal  intended  as  a  forum  for  the  pre- 
sentation of  the  latest  research  by  faculty  and  students  of  the  Department.  Papers  by  scholars  not 
associated  with  the  University  of  Illinois  are  also  considered  for  publication.  The  journal 
devotes  one  issue  each  year  to  specialized  topics.  The  general  editor  is  Elmer  H.  Antonsen,  and 
the  review  editor  is  James  Yoon.  (See  the  last  page  of  this  Newsletter  for  a  listing  of  our 
available  issues  and  an  order  blank  to  be  copied  at  your  convenience. 


53 


ORDER  FORM 
Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences 

University  of  Illinois  -  Department  of  Linguistics 

4088  FLB,  707  South  Mathews  Avenue 

Urbana,  IL  61801 

Please  fill  out  this  form  and  return  it  with  the  correct  payment  plus  postage. 

Please  send  me  the  following  copies  of  Studies  in  the  Linguistic  Sciences: 

7.2  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  jl  qq 

8.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  jj  qo 

8.2  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1  qq 

9:1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  j]  qq 

9.2  Papers  on  Relational  Grammar  and  Semantics  $1 .00 

10.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1  qo 

10.2  Studies  in  Arabic  Linguistics  $]  qo 

11.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $]  qo 

1 1 .2  Dimensions  of  South  Asian  Linguistics  $  1  oo 

1 2. 1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $  1  qo 

12.2  Papers  on  Diachronic  Syntax:  Six  Case  Studies  $1.00 

13.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1  oo 

1 3.2  Studies  in  Language  Variation:  Nonwestern  Case  Studies  $  l  .00 

14.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1.00 

14.2  Language  in  African  Culture  and  Society  $1.00 

15.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1.00 

15.2  Linguistic  Studies  in  Memory  of  Theodore  M.  Lighter  $1.00 

16.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1.00 

16.2  Illinois  Studies  in  Korean  Linguistics  $1.00 

17.1  Papers  from  the  1986  Asian  Languages  Analysis  Roundtable  $1.00 

17.2  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1.00 

18.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistic  $1.00 

18.2  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1.00 

19.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1.00 

19.2  The  Contributions  of  African  Linguistics  to  Linguistic  Theory,  Vol.   1  $1 .00 

20.1  The  Contributions  of  African  Linguistics  tO  Linguistic  Theory,  Vol.  2  $1.00 

20.2  Linguistics  for  the  Nineties,  Papers  from  a  Lecture  Series 

in  Celebration  of  the  Department's  25'"  Anniversary  $1 .00 

20.3  Meeting  Handbook:   13*  South  Asian  Languages  Analysis  Roundtable 

25-27  May,  1 99 1 ,  University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign  $  1 .00 

21.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1.00 

21.2  Illinois  Studies  in  Korean  Linguistics,  II  $1.00 

22.1  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $1 .00 

22.2  Fall  1992  Twenty-Five  Years  of  Linguistic  Research  at  the  University  of 

Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign:  Post-Graduate  Research  by  Doctoral  and  Master's 
Degree  Students  in  the  Department  of  Linguistics  Out  of  Print 

23.1  Spring  1993  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $8.00 

23.2  Fall  1993  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  [SOLD  OUT]  Out  of  Print 

24. 1/2  1994  (double  issue)  Proceedings  of  the  4*  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Formal 

Linguistic  Society  of  Mid-America  $  1 6.00 

25.1  Spring  1995  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $8.00 

25.2  Fall  1995  Language  and  Gender  $8.00 

26.1/2  Spring/Fall  (double  issue)  Studies  in  Chinese  Linguistics  $20.00 

27. 1  Spring  1 997  Papers  in  Phonology  $  1 0.00 

27.2  Papers  in  General  Linguistics  $10.00 


NOTE:   Sales  Tax  must  be  included  as  follows  (excluding  except  organizations):    IL-  7  1/4%;  IN  -5%;  MI  -  6%;  MN  -  6.5%; 
OH  -  5%  and  WI  -  5%.  Checks  or  money  orders  in  U.S.  Dollars,  drawn  on  a  U.S.  Bank,  payable  to:  University  of  Illinois. 

Check  or  money  order  enclosed  $ (Please  add  postage  $2.00  per  issue) 

Name: 


110    08/03  -IO 

30962  ° 


54